FCC ID: UZ7CR6080SA 4D Cup

 

CS6080 Scanner Product Reference Guide MN-003827-01EN Rev. A Draft v 10 ZEBRA and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of Zebra Technologies Corporation, registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2020 Zebra Technologies Corporation and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of those agreements. For further information regarding legal and proprietary statements, please go to:

SOFTWARE:http://www.zebra.com/linkoslegal COPYRIGHTS:http://www.zebra.com/copyright WARRANTY:http://www.zebra.com/warranty END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT: http://www.zebra.com/eula Terms of Use Proprietary Statement Product Improvements Liability Disclaimer Limitation of Liability This manual contains proprietary information of Zebra Technologies Corporation and its subsidiaries

(Zebra Technologies). It is intended solely for the information and use of parties operating and maintaining the equipment described herein. Such proprietary information may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed to any other parties for any other purpose without the express, written permission of Zebra Technologies. Continuous improvement of products is a policy of Zebra Technologies. All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice. Zebra Technologies takes steps to ensure that its published Engineering specifications and manuals are correct; however, errors do occur. Zebra Technologies reserves the right to correct any such errors and disclaims liability resulting therefrom. In no event shall Zebra Technologies or anyone else involved in the creation, production, or delivery of the accompanying product (including hardware and software) be liable for any damages whatsoever

(including, without limitation, consequential damages including loss of business profits, business interruption, or loss of business information) arising out of the use of, the results of use of, or inability to use such product, even if Zebra Technologies has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Publication Date June 1, 2020 2 Draft v 10 Contents About This Document ...................................................................................................................... 21 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 21 Configurations ................................................................................................................ 21 Scanner .................................................................................................................. 21 Accessories ............................................................................................................ 22 Chapter Descriptions...................................................................................................... 23 Notational Conventions .................................................................................................. 24 Icon Conventions ........................................................................................................... 25 Service Information ........................................................................................................ 25 Feedback ....................................................................................................................... 26 Getting Started.................................................................................................................................... 1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 1 Unpacking the Scanner.................................................................................................... 2 Charging........................................................................................................................... 2 Inserting the Battery ................................................................................................. 2 Removing the Battery ............................................................................................... 3 Powering via USB Accessory ................................................................................... 3 Charging via Cradle.................................................................................................. 3 Cradle Cable Connection ................................................................................... 4 Charging via Charging Pad ................................................................................ 4 Charging Spare Batteries ......................................................................................... 5 Charging Temperature ............................................................................................. 5 Connecting to a Host........................................................................................................ 6 USB .......................................................................................................................... 6 Bluetooth Connection ............................................................................................... 7 Bluetooth Communication Options..................................................................... 7 Scanning .......................................................................................................................... 7 Useful Barcodes.............................................................................................................. 9 Set Defaults .............................................................................................................. 9 Add a Tab Key .......................................................................................................... 9 3 Draft v 10 Contents Add an Enter Key ..................................................................................................... 9 USB Caps Lock Override ......................................................................................... 9 Night Mode with Vibrate ......................................................................................... 10 Button Actions ........................................................................................................ 10 LED Indicators ........................................................................................................ 11 Other LED Indicators .......................................................................................................... 12 123Scan ......................................................................................................................... 14 Utility Functionality.................................................................................................. 14 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 15 123Scan and Software Tools ........................................................................................................... 16 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 16 123Scan ......................................................................................................................... 16 Communication with 123Scan ................................................................................ 17 123Scan Requirements .......................................................................................... 17 123Scan Information .............................................................................................. 17 Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos .................................................. 18 Data Capture ..................................................................................................................................... 19 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 19 Beeper and LED Indications .......................................................................................... 19 Digital Scanner Indications ..................................................................................... 19 Scanning ....................................................................................................................... 23 Hand-Held Scanning .............................................................................................. 23 Hands-Free Scanning............................................................................................. 23 Aiming with Digital Scanner .................................................................................... 24 Decode Ranges ............................................................................................................ 26 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications .................................................... 27 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 27 Maintenance................................................................................................................... 27 Known Harmful Ingredients .................................................................................... 27 Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles .............. 28 Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles ............................................................................................ 28 Cleaning the Digital Scanner .................................................................................. 29 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 30 Dump Scanner Parameters .................................................................................... 33 Send Versions ........................................................................................................ 34 Report Software Version .................................................................................. 34 4 Draft v 10 Contents Serial Number .................................................................................................. 34 Manufacturing Information ............................................................................... 34 Technical Specifications................................................................................................ 35 Cradle Signal Descriptions............................................................................................ 39 Radio Communications.................................................................................................................... 41 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 41 Setting Parameters ........................................................................................................ 41 Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................... 41 Errors While Scanning ............................................................................................ 42 Radio Communications Parameter Defaults .................................................................. 42 Wireless Beeper Definitions ........................................................................................... 46 Radio Communication Host Types................................................................................. 46 Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth .......................................................... 46 Cradle ..................................................................................................................... 46 Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation .............................................. 48 Simple Serial Interface (SSI) .................................................................................. 49 Simple Serial Interface (continued) ........................................................................ 50 Serial Port Profile (SPP) ......................................................................................... 51 Bluetooth Technology Profile Support .................................................................... 51 Master/Slave Set Up............................................................................................... 51 Master .............................................................................................................. 52 Slave ................................................................................................................ 52 Bluetooth Friendly Name................................................................................................ 52 Discoverable Mode................................................................................................. 53 Wi-Fi Friendly Mode ...................................................................................................... 54 Notes ...................................................................................................................... 54 Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion........................................................................... 54 Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion .................................................................................. 54 Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion (continued) .............................................................. 55 Radio Output Power...................................................................................................... 56 Link Supervision Timeout ....................................................................................... 57 Bluetooth Radio State ................................................................................................... 58 HID Host Parameters ..................................................................................................... 58 HID Features for Apple iOS.................................................................................... 58 HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay .............................................................................. 59 HID CAPS Lock Override ....................................................................................... 59 HID Ignore Unknown Characters............................................................................ 60 Emulate Keypad ..................................................................................................... 60 Fast HID Keyboard ................................................................................................. 61 Quick Keypad Emulation ........................................................................................ 61 5 Draft v 10 Contents HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution ............................................................................. 62 HID Function Key Mapping..................................................................................... 62 Simulated Caps Lock.............................................................................................. 63 Convert Case.......................................................................................................... 63 Auto-Reconnect Feature ............................................................................................... 64 Auto-Reconnect Option .......................................................................................... 65 Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback....................................................................... 66 Reconnect Attempt Interval .................................................................................... 66 Reconnect Attempt Interval (continued) ................................................................. 67 Sleep Between Attempts ........................................................................................ 68 Number of Retry Attempts ...................................................................................... 69 Out of Range Indicator ................................................................................................... 70 Beep on Insertion ........................................................................................................... 70 Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support ........................................................................... 71 Pairing .................................................................................................................... 71 Pairing Modes .................................................................................................. 71 Lock Override................................................................................................... 72 Pairing Methods...................................................................................................... 73 Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect.................................................................. 73 Unpairing.......................................................................................................... 74 Toggle Pairing .................................................................................................. 74 Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility ........................ 74 Connection Maintenance Interval ........................................................................... 75 Considerations ................................................................................................. 75 Batch Mode .................................................................................................................... 76 Connection Maintenance Interval (continued) ........................................................ 76 Modes of Operation.......................................................................................... 77 Batch Mode (continued) ......................................................................................... 78 Persistent Batch Storage .............................................................................................. 80 Page Button ................................................................................................................... 80 Page Options ................................................................................................................ 82 Page Mode ............................................................................................................. 82 Page State Timeout................................................................................................ 82 Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode................................................................................. 84 Bluetooth Security .......................................................................................................... 84 Bluetooth Security Levels ....................................................................................... 85 Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation ............................................................ 86 Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner ............ 86 HID Keyboard Emulation.................................................................................. 86 6 Draft v 10 Contents User Preferences .............................................................................................................................. 87 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 87 Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... 88 Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................... 88 User Preferences Parameter Defaults ........................................................................... 88 Parameters.................................................................................................................... 95 Default Parameters................................................................................................. 95 Parameter Barcode Scanning ................................................................................ 96 Beep After Good Decode ....................................................................................... 96 Beep on <BEL> ...................................................................................................... 97 Direct Decode Indicator .......................................................................................... 98 Beeper Volume ....................................................................................................... 99 Beeper Tone......................................................................................................... 100 Beeper Duration ................................................................................................... 101 Suppress Power Up Beeps .................................................................................. 101 Decode Pager Motor ............................................................................................ 102 Decode Pager Motor Duration.............................................................................. 102 Night Mode (CS6080-HC Only) ............................................................................ 104 Night Mode Trigger ........................................................................................ 104 Night Mode Toggle......................................................................................... 105 Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch ........................................................ 106 Click on Button Touch .......................................................................................... 107 Lamp Mode........................................................................................................... 107 Lamp Mode Control........................................................................................ 108 Lamp Mode Timeout ...................................................................................... 108 Low Power Mode .................................................................................................. 109 Time Delay to Low Power Mode........................................................................... 109 Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim ........................................................ 112 Battery Preservation Mode ................................................................................... 113 Hand-Held Trigger Mode ...................................................................................... 114 Hands-Free Mode................................................................................................. 115 Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern ...................................................................... 115 Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern..................................................................... 117 Picklist Mode ........................................................................................................ 118 FIPS Mode............................................................................................................ 119 Continuous Barcode Read ................................................................................... 119 Unique Barcode Reporting ................................................................................... 120 Decode Session Timeout ..................................................................................... 120 Hands-free Decode Session Timeout................................................................... 122 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol .......................................................... 123 Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols .................................................... 123 Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol........................................................................ 124 7 Draft v 10 Contents Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) ............................................................ 125 Mobile Phone/Display Mode ................................................................................. 126 PDF Prioritization.................................................................................................. 127 PDF Prioritization Timeout.................................................................................... 128 Presentation Mode Field of View .......................................................................... 128 Decoding Illumination ........................................................................................... 129 Illumination Brightness ......................................................................................... 129 Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only)............................................. 130 Add an Enter Key ................................................................................................. 130 Transmit Code ID Character................................................................................. 130 Prefix/Suffix Values .............................................................................................. 131 Scan Data Transmission Format .......................................................................... 132 FN1 Substitution Values ....................................................................................... 134 Transmit No Read Message .............................................................................. 135 Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval .............................................................................. 136 securPharm Decoding .......................................................................................... 137 securPharm Output Formatting ............................................................................ 138 Sample GS1 Format ...................................................................................... 138 Sample IFA Format ........................................................................................ 139 securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes...................................................... 140 Programmable Button for Single Press ................................................................ 141 Imaging Preferences ...................................................................................................................... 142 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 142 Scanning Sequence Examples ................................................................................... 143 Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 143 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults .................................................................... 143 Imaging Preferences .................................................................................................... 146 Operational Modes ............................................................................................... 146 Decode Mode................................................................................................. 146 Snapshot Mode .............................................................................................. 146 Image Capture Illumination................................................................................... 147 Image Capture Autoexposure............................................................................... 147 Fixed Exposure..................................................................................................... 148 Fixed Gain ............................................................................................................ 148 Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode .......................................................... 149 Snapshot Mode Timeout ...................................................................................... 150 Snapshot Aiming Pattern...................................................................................... 151 Silence Operational Mode Changes..................................................................... 151 Image Cropping .................................................................................................... 152 Crop to Pixel Addresses ....................................................................................... 152 8 Draft v 10 Contents Image Size (Number of Pixels)............................................................................. 154 Image Brightness (Target White).......................................................................... 154 JPEG Image Options ............................................................................................ 155 JPEG Target File Size .......................................................................................... 155 JPEG Quality and Size Value............................................................................... 156 Image Enhancement ............................................................................................ 156 Image File Format Selector .................................................................................. 157 Image Rotation ..................................................................................................... 159 Bits Per Pixel ........................................................................................................ 159 Signature Capture ................................................................................................ 160 Signature Capture File Format Selector ............................................................... 161 Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel .......................................................................... 162 Signature Capture Width ...................................................................................... 162 Signature Capture Height ..................................................................................... 163 Signature Capture JPEG Quality .......................................................................... 163 Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only) ............................................................... 164 Video View Finder Image Size ............................................................................. 164 USB Interface .................................................................................................................................. 166 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 166 Connecting a USB Interface......................................................................................... 166 USB Parameter Defaults............................................................................................. 168 USB Host Parameters.................................................................................................. 170 USB Device Type ................................................................................................. 170 Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking ................................................ 171 USB Keystroke Delay ........................................................................................... 172 USB CAPS Lock Override .................................................................................... 172 USB Ignore Unknown Characters ........................................................................ 173 USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 ...................................................................... 173 Emulate Keypad ................................................................................................... 174 Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero...................................................................... 174 Quick Keypad Emulation ...................................................................................... 174 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution ......................................................................... 175 Function Key Mapping .......................................................................................... 175 Simulated Caps Lock............................................................................................ 176 Convert Case........................................................................................................ 176 USB Static CDC ................................................................................................... 177 Optional USB Parameters............................................................................................ 177 TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep ........................................................................ 178 TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive ......................................................................... 178 TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive.............................................. 178 9 Draft v 10 Contents USB Polling Interval.............................................................................................. 180 USB Fast HID ....................................................................................................... 182 IBM Specification Version..................................................................................... 182 ASCII Character Sets for USB ..................................................................................... 182 SSI Interface .................................................................................................................................... 183 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 183 Communications .......................................................................................................... 183 SSI Transactions.......................................................................................................... 185 General Data Transactions................................................................................... 185 ACK/NAK Handshaking ................................................................................. 185 Transfer of Decode Data ...................................................................................... 186 ACK/NAK Enabled and Packeted Data.......................................................... 186 ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data ........................................... 186 ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA...................................... 187 ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data .......................................... 187 Communication Summary............................................................................................ 187 ACK/NAK Option .................................................................................................. 187 Serial Response Time-out .................................................................................... 187 Retries .................................................................................................................. 187 Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake ......................................................... 188 Errors.................................................................................................................... 188 Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication .............................................. 188 Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI ........................................... 189 Command Structure ............................................................................................. 189 Response Structure.............................................................................................. 189 Example Transaction ............................................................................................ 190 Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device................. 190 Response from Device with Packet Size Information .................................... 190 Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information............................... 190 Response from Device with Diagnostic Information....................................... 190 Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters ................................................................ 191 SSI Host Parameters ................................................................................................... 192 Select SSI Host .................................................................................................... 192 Software Handshaking ......................................................................................... 194 Decode Data Packet Format ................................................................................ 194 Host Serial Response Time-out............................................................................ 196 Host Character Time-out ...................................................................................... 197 Multipacket Option................................................................................................ 198 Interpacket Delay.................................................................................................. 199 Event Reporting .......................................................................................................... 200 Decode Event ....................................................................................................... 200 10 Draft v 10 Contents Boot Up Event ...................................................................................................... 201 Parameter Event................................................................................................... 201 Symbologies ................................................................................................................................... 202 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 202 Scanning Sequence Examples .................................................................................... 202 Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 202 Symbology Parameter Defaults ................................................................................... 203 Enable/Disable All Code Types................................................................................... 217 UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 217 Enable/Disable UPC-A ......................................................................................... 217 Enable/Disable UPC-E ......................................................................................... 218 Enable/Disable UPC-E1 ....................................................................................... 218 Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8............................................................................... 219 Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 ........................................................................... 219 Enable/Disable Bookland EAN ............................................................................. 220 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals................................................................ 220 User-Programmable Supplementals .................................................................... 224 UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy.......................................................... 224 UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format ...................................................... 225 UPC Reduced Quiet Zone .................................................................................... 226 Transmit UPC-A Check Digit ................................................................................ 226 Transmit UPC-E Check Digit ................................................................................ 227 Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit .............................................................................. 227 UPC-A Preamble .................................................................................................. 228 UPC-E Preamble .................................................................................................. 228 UPC-E1 Preamble ................................................................................................ 230 Convert UPC-E to UPC-A..................................................................................... 231 Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A................................................................................... 231 EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend ............................................................................................ 232 Bookland ISBN Format......................................................................................... 232 UCC Coupon Extended Code .............................................................................. 234 Coupon Report ..................................................................................................... 234 ISSN EAN............................................................................................................. 235 Code 128...................................................................................................................... 236 Enable/Disable Code 128..................................................................................... 236 Set Lengths for Code 128..................................................................................... 236 Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) ............................................. 239 Enable/Disable ISBT 128 ..................................................................................... 239 ISBT Concatenation ............................................................................................. 240 Check ISBT Table ................................................................................................ 241 11 Draft v 10 Contents ISBT Concatenation Redundancy ........................................................................ 241 Code 128 Security Level ...................................................................................... 242 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone............................................................................ 243 Ignore Code 128 <FNC4> .................................................................................... 243 Code 39....................................................................................................................... 244 Enable/Disable Code 39....................................................................................... 244 Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 .......................................................................... 244 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 ................................................................................ 245 Code 32 Prefix ...................................................................................................... 245 Set Lengths for Code 39....................................................................................... 246 Code 39 Check Digit Verification .......................................................................... 247 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit.............................................................................. 248 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion............................................................................ 248 Code 39 Security Level ........................................................................................ 249 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone.............................................................................. 250 Code 93........................................................................................................................ 250 Enable/Disable Code 93....................................................................................... 250 Set Lengths for Code 93....................................................................................... 251 Code 11........................................................................................................................ 252 Code 11 ................................................................................................................ 252 Set Lengths for Code 11....................................................................................... 253 Code 11 Check Digit Verification .......................................................................... 254 Transmit Code 11 Check Digits ............................................................................ 255 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)................................................................................................ 256 Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5......................................................................... 256 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................ 256 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................ 259 Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit ................................................................................ 259 Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 ................................................................................... 260 Febraban .............................................................................................................. 260 I 2 of 5 Security Level ........................................................................................... 261 I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone ................................................................................ 262 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)................................................................................................... 263 Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 263 Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 263 Codabar (NW - 7)........................................................................................................ 266 Enable/Disable Codabar....................................................................................... 266 Set Lengths for Codabar ...................................................................................... 266 CLSI Editing.......................................................................................................... 268 NOTIS Editing....................................................................................................... 268 Codabar Security Level ........................................................................................ 269 12 Draft v 10 Contents Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection ......................... 270 MSI............................................................................................................................... 270 Enable/Disable MSI .............................................................................................. 270 Set Lengths for MSI.............................................................................................. 271 MSI Check Digits .................................................................................................. 273 Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)................................................................................. 274 MSI Check Digit Algorithm.................................................................................... 274 MSI Reduced Quiet Zone ..................................................................................... 275 Chinese 2 of 5 ............................................................................................................. 276 Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 276 Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 276 Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5................................................................................. 276 Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................ 277 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ...................................................................................... 278 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ....................................................................... 279 Korean 3 of 5............................................................................................................... 280 Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5............................................................................... 280 Inverse 1D................................................................................................................... 281 GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 282 GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 282 GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ................................ 283 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN...................................................................... 283 GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check .................................................................... 284 GS1 DataBar Security Level................................................................................. 285 Composite ................................................................................................................... 286 Composite CC-C .................................................................................................. 286 Composite CC-A/B ............................................................................................... 286 Composite TLC-39 ............................................................................................... 287 Composite Inverse................................................................................................ 287 UPC Composite Mode .......................................................................................... 289 Composite Beep Mode ......................................................................................... 290 GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes ................................ 290 2D Symbologies ........................................................................................................... 291 Enable/Disable PDF417 ....................................................................................... 291 Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 .............................................................................. 291 Code 128 Emulation ............................................................................................. 291 Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 292 GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 293 Data Matrix Inverse .............................................................................................. 294 Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 294 QR Code............................................................................................................... 295 13 Draft v 10 Contents GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 295 MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 296 Weblink QR .......................................................................................................... 296 Aztec..................................................................................................................... 296 Aztec Inverse........................................................................................................ 298 Han Xin................................................................................................................. 298 Han Xin Inverse .................................................................................................... 299 Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 299 Grid Matrix Inverse ............................................................................................... 300 Grid Matrix Mirror.................................................................................................. 301 DotCode ............................................................................................................... 301 DotCode Inverse................................................................................................... 302 DotCode Mirrored ................................................................................................. 303 DotCode Prioritize ................................................................................................ 304 Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 304 US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 304 US Planet ............................................................................................................. 305 Transmit US Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 305 UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 306 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 306 Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 307 Australia Post ....................................................................................................... 307 Australia Post Format ........................................................................................... 308 Netherlands KIX Code .......................................................................................... 309 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail .................................................................. 309 UPU FICS Postal.................................................................................................. 310 Mailmark ............................................................................................................... 310 Symbology-Specific Security Levels ........................................................................... 311 Redundancy Level................................................................................................ 311 Redundancy Level 1 ...................................................................................... 311 Redundancy Level 2 ...................................................................................... 311 Redundancy Level 3 ...................................................................................... 311 Security Level ....................................................................................................... 313 1D Quiet Zone Level............................................................................................. 314 Intercharacter Gap Size........................................................................................ 315 Report Version ............................................................................................................. 315 Macro PDF Features................................................................................................... 316 Flush Macro Buffer ............................................................................................... 316 Abort Macro PDF Entry ........................................................................................ 316 14 Draft v 10 Contents Digimarc Barcode ........................................................................................................................... 317 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 317 Digimarc Symbology Selection .................................................................................... 317 Picklist .................................................................................................................. 317 Digimarc Digital Watermarks....................................................................................... 318 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol........................................................................... 319 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 319 Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)................................................................................ 319 Multicode Data Formatting (Hand-held Mode Only)..................................................... 319 Programming a Scanner....................................................................................... 320 Preferred Symbol ......................................................................................................... 320 OCR Programming ......................................................................................................................... 321 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 321 Setting Parameters ...................................................................................................... 321 Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................. 322 Errors While Scanning .......................................................................................... 322 OCR Parameter Defaults ............................................................................................. 322 OCR Programming Parameters ................................................................................... 323 OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 323 OCR-A Variant...................................................................................................... 325 OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 326 OCR-B Variant...................................................................................................... 327 MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 331 US Currency Serial Number ................................................................................. 332 OCR Orientation ................................................................................................... 332 OCR Lines ............................................................................................................ 334 OCR Minimum Characters ................................................................................... 334 OCR Maximum Characters .................................................................................. 335 OCR Subset ......................................................................................................... 335 OCR Quiet Zone ................................................................................................... 336 OCR Template...................................................................................................... 336 Required Digit (9) ........................................................................................... 337 Required Alpha (A)......................................................................................... 337 Optional Alphanumeric (1) ............................................................................. 337 Optional Alpha (2) .......................................................................................... 338 Alpha or Digit (3) ............................................................................................ 338 Any Including Space & Reject (4) .................................................................. 338 Any except Space & Reject (5) ...................................................................... 339 Optional Digit (7) ............................................................................................ 339 15 Draft v 10 Contents Digit or Fill (8)................................................................................................. 339 Alpha or Fill (F)............................................................................................... 340 Optional Space ( ) .......................................................................................... 340 Optional Small Special (.)............................................................................... 340 Other Template Operators ............................................................................. 340 Repeat Previous (R)....................................................................................... 344 Multiple Templates ......................................................................................... 345 Template Examples ....................................................................................... 345 OCR Check Digit Modulus.................................................................................... 345 OCR Check Digit Multiplier ................................................................................... 346 OCR Check Digit Validation ................................................................................. 348 None............................................................................................................... 348 Product Add Left to Right ............................................................................... 348 Product Add Right to Left ............................................................................... 348 Digit Add Left to Right .................................................................................... 349 Digit Add Right to Left .................................................................................... 350 Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder ................................................ 350 Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder .................................................... 351 Health Industry - HIBCC43............................................................................. 351 Inverse OCR ......................................................................................................... 353 OCR Redundancy ................................................................................................ 354 Drivers License Set Up.................................................................................................................. 355 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 355 Drivers License Parsing ............................................................................................. 357 Parsing Drivers License Data Fields

(Embedded Driver's License Parsing)......................................................................... 358 Embedded Driver's License Parsing Criteria - Code Type ................................... 358 Drivers License Parse Field Barcodes................................................................. 359 AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes.............................................................................. 362 User Preferences ......................................................................................................... 372 Set Default Parameter .......................................................................................... 372 Output Gender as M or F...................................................................................... 372 Date Format.......................................................................................................... 373 No Separator.................................................................................................. 374 Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters)......................... 375 Control Characters ......................................................................................... 375 Keyboard Characters ..................................................................................... 379 Parsing Rule Example................................................................................................. 394 Embedded Driver's License Parsing ADF Example ............................................. 398 16 Draft v 10 Contents Standard Parameter Defaults ........................................................................................................ 400 Country Codes ................................................................................................................................ 433 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 433 USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)........................................... 434 Country Codes (Continued) ........................................................................................ 435 Country Codes (Continued) ........................................................................................ 436 Country Codes (Continued) .................................................................................. 436 Country Code Pages ...................................................................................................................... 449 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 449 Country Code Page Defaults ....................................................................................... 449 Country Code Page Barcodes .................................................................................... 453 CKJ Decode Control....................................................................................................................... 463 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 463 CJK Control Parameters ............................................................................................. 464 Unicode Output Control ........................................................................................ 464 CJK Output Method to Windows Host .................................................................. 465 Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output............................................................................. 468 Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters ................................................. 468 Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host ........................................................ 470 Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output ................ 470 Adding CJK IME on Windows............................................................................... 470 Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host................................. 471 Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host ............................... 471 Programming Reference ................................................................................................................ 473 Symbol Code Identifiers ............................................................................................... 473 AIM Code Identifiers..................................................................................................... 474 Sample Barcodes............................................................................................................................ 479 UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 479 UPC-A, 100% ....................................................................................................... 479 UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 479 UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 479 UPC-E .................................................................................................................. 480 UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 480 17 Draft v 10 Contents UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 481 EAN-8 ................................................................................................................... 481 EAN-13, 100%...................................................................................................... 481 EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 481 EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 482 Code 128...................................................................................................................... 482 GS1-128 ............................................................................................................... 482 Code 39........................................................................................................................ 482 Code 93........................................................................................................................ 483 Code 11 with 2 Check Digits ........................................................................................ 483 Interleaved 2 of 5 ......................................................................................................... 483 MSI with 2 Check Digits ............................................................................................... 483 Chinese 2 of 5 .............................................................................................................. 484 Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 484 Korean 3 of 5................................................................................................................ 484 GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 485 GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14) .................................. 485 GS1 DataBar Truncated ....................................................................................... 485 GS1 DataBar Stacked .......................................................................................... 485 GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional ................................................................ 486 GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 486 GS1 DataBar Expanded ....................................................................................... 487 GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ......................................................................... 487 2D Symbologies ........................................................................................................... 487 PDF417 ................................................................................................................ 487 Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 488 GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 489 Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 489 QR Code............................................................................................................... 489 GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 490 MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 490 Aztec..................................................................................................................... 490 Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 491 Han Xin................................................................................................................. 491 Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 491 US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 491 UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 491 Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 492 Australian Post ..................................................................................................... 492 OCR ............................................................................................................................ 493 OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 493 18 Draft v 10 Contents OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 493 MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 493 US Currency ......................................................................................................... 493 Numeric Barcodes .......................................................................................................................... 494 Cancel .......................................................................................................................... 494 Numeric Barcodes........................................................................................................ 494 Alphanumeric Barcodes ................................................................................................................ 496 Cancel .......................................................................................................................... 496 Alphanumeric Barcodes ............................................................................................... 496 ASCII Character Sets...................................................................................................................... 513 Communication Protocol Functionality........................................................................................ 523 Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface .................................... 523 Functionality Supported via Radio Communication ..................................................... 524 Signature Capture Code................................................................................................................. 525 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 525 Code Structure ............................................................................................................. 525 Signature Capture Area........................................................................................ 525 CapCode Pattern Structure .................................................................................. 526 Start / Stop Patterns..................................................................................................... 526 Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 527 Data Format ................................................................................................................. 527 Additional Capabilities................................................................................................. 528 Signature Boxes........................................................................................................... 528 Non-Parameter Attributes .............................................................................................................. 529 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 529 Attributes ...................................................................................................................... 529 Model Number ...................................................................................................... 529 Serial Number....................................................................................................... 529 Date of Manufacture ............................................................................................. 529 Date of First Programming ................................................................................... 530 Configuration Filename ........................................................................................ 530 Beeper/LED .......................................................................................................... 531 19 Draft v 10 Contents Parameter Defaults............................................................................................... 532 Beep on Next Bootup ........................................................................................... 532 Reboot .................................................................................................................. 532 Host Trigger Session ............................................................................................ 532 Firmware Version ................................................................................................. 533 Scankit Version..................................................................................................... 533 ScanSpeed Analytics............................................................................................ 533 Scan Speed Analytics .................................................................................................................... 534 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 534 Histogram Decode Information .................................................................................... 534 Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode........................................................................... 538 Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle............................................................................... 541 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 541 Upgrading Without a Cradle......................................................................................... 541 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................... 542 Index ................................................................................................................................................ 543 20 Draft v 10 About This Document This guide provides information about using the CS6080 Zebra product and accessories, if applicable. IMPORTANT: If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for your region. Contact information is available at: http://www.zebra.com/support. Introduction Configurations Scanner This guide covers the following configurations:

Configuration Part Number Description CS6080-SR CS6080-SR40004VZWW Companion Scanner, area imager, standard range, inductive, midnight black, vibration motor CS6080-SR MFi CS6080-SR40004VMWW Companion Scanner, area imager, standard range, CS6080-SR CS6080-SR40004VZK India, Korea, Japan Only inductive, midnight black, vibration motor, MFi Companion Scanner, area imager, standard range, inductive, midnight black, vibration motor - India & Korea only CS6000-SR CS6000-SR40004VZWW Companion Scanner, area imager, standard range, corded, midnight black, vibration motor CS6000-SR CS6000-SR40004VZK India, Korea, Japan Only Companion Scanner, area imager, standard range, corded, midnight black, vibration motor - India & Korea only CS6080-HC CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Companion scanner, area manager, healthcare, inductive, CS6080-HC MFi CS6080-HC4F00BVMWW Companion scanner, area manager, healthcare, inductive, FIPS, HC white, vibration motor FIPS, HC white, vibration motor, MFi 21 Draft v 10 About This Document India, Korea, Japan Only India, Korea, Japan Only 1 + 1 Charge Communication Cradle Cart Mountable Device Charge Communication Cradle - HC Configuration Part Number Description CS6080-HC CS6080-HC4F00BVZK India, Korea, Japan Only Companion scanner, area manager, healthcare, inductive, FIPS, HC white, vibration motor - India & Korea only CS6000-HC CS6000-HC4000BVZWW Companion scanner, area manager, healthcare, corded, HC white, vibration motor Companion scanner, area manager, healthcare, corded, HC white, vibration motor - India & Korea only CS6000-HC CS6000-HC4000BVZK India, Korea, Japan Only Accessories This guide covers the following configurations:

Configuration CS6080 Battery - SR Part Number Description BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04 Spare battery, CS6080-SR CS6080 Battery - SR BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04K Spare battery, CS6080-SR, India & Korea CS6080 Battery - HC BTRY-CS60EABHE-0B Spare battery, CS6080-HC CS6080 Battery - HC BTRY-CS60EABHE-0BK Spare battery, CS6080-HC, India & Korea CR6080-SC100F4WW 1 + 1 Charge communication cradle, standard cradle, inductive, Bluetooth, midnight black CR6080-PC100FBWW Cart mountable device charge communication cradle - HC, presentation cradle, inductive, Bluetooth, HC white 4 Slot Device Charger Cup CR6080-SA40004WW 4-slot standard cradle adapter cup, inductive, midnight black 4 Slot Battery Charger Cup CR6080-BA40004WW 4-slot battery cradle adapter cup, inductive, midnight black Corded Adapter-SR CVTR-U70060C-04 Corded adapter - SR, 7 ft USB converter, midnight black Corded Adapter-HC CVTR-U70060C-0B Corded adapter - HC, 7 ft USB converter, HC white Neck Lanyard LNYD-000060W-04 Neck Lanyard, midnight black Intellistand Cup - SR CUP-GS0060C-04 Intellistand cup - SR, gooseneck cup, midnight black Intellistand Cup - HC CUP-GS0060C-0B Intellistand cup - HC, gooseneck cup, HC white 4 Slot Device Charger CR6080-SC400F4WW 4 Slot Battery Charger CR6080-BC40004WW 4-Slot device charger, 4-Slot standard cradle, inductive, Bluetooth, midnight black 4-Slot battery charger, 4-Slot battery cradle, inductive, Bluetooth, midnight black STND-GS0060C-04 Gooseneck intellistand with cup - SR, midnight black Gooseneck Intellistand with Cup - SR Gooseneck Intellistand with Cup - HC CS6000-SR Kit with Cable Converter CS6000-SR Kit with Cable Converter - India, Korea, Japan Only STND-GS0060C-0B Gooseneck intellistand with cup - HC, HC white CS6000-SR4UCV04ZVW CS6000-SR Black USB Kit: CS6000-SR40004VZWW CS6000-SR4UCV04ZVK Scanner, CVTR-U70060C-04 USB Converter Cable CS6000-SR Black USB Kit: CS6000-SR40004VZK Scanner, CVTR-U70060C-04 USB Converter Cable 22 Draft v 10 About This Document Configuration Part Number Description CS6000-HC Kit with Cable Converter CS6000-HC Kit with Cable Converter - India, Korea, Japan Only CS6000-HCBUCV04ZVW CS6000-HC USB Kit: CS6000-HC4000BVZWW Scanner, CVTR-U70060C-0B USB Converter Cable CS6000-HCBUCV04ZVK CS6000-HC USB Kit: CS6000-HC4000BVZK Scanner, CVTR-U70060C-0B USB Converter Cable Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-04 Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-0B CS60 Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host) Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - midnight black CS60-HC Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host) Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - HC white Chapter Descriptions Topics covered in this guide are as follows:

Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information. 123Scan and Software Tools describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner operation. Data Capture provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges. Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications provides suggested scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts). Radio Communications provides information about the modes of operation and features available for wireless communication. This chapter also includes programming barcodes to configure the scanner. User Preferences describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. Imaging Preferences describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. USB Interface describes how to set up the scanner with a USB host. SSI Interface describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a communications link between Zebra decoders and a serial host. Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features for the scanner. Digimarc Barcode provides barcodes to either enable or disable Digimarc Barcode, a machine-readable code that is invisible to people. Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol briefly describes the Zebra features available for customizing scanner operation. OCR Programming describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming. Drivers License Set Up provides information about parsing out information from standard US driver's licenses and certain other American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) compliant ID cards. Standard Parameter Defaults provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults. Country Codes provides barcodes for programming the country keyboard type for the USB keyboard

(HID) device. 23 Draft v 10 About This Document keyboard maps. values. alphanumeric values. Country Code Pages provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type. CKJ Decode Control describes control parameters for Unicode/CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode. Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character conversions, and Sample Barcodes includes sample barcodes of various code types. Numeric Barcodes includes the numeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric Alphanumeric Barcodes includes the alphanumeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables. Communication Protocol Functionality lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol. Signature Capture Code describes CapCode, a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows the scanner to capture a signature. Non-Parameter Attributes defines non-parameter attributes. Scan Speed Analytics describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification of barcodes that slow down processes. Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle provides information about performing upgrades on the scanner without a cradle, using 123Scan. Notational Conventions The following conventions are used in this document:

Bold text is used to highlight the following:

Dialog box, window and screen names Drop-down list and list box names Check box and radio button names Icons on a screen Key names on a keypad Button names on a screen. Bullets () indicate:

Action items Lists of alternatives Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential. Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) are used to denote default parameter settings.

* Indicates Default

*Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option 24 Draft v 10 About This Document Icon Conventions The documentation set is designed to give the reader more visual clues. The following graphic icons are used throughout the documentation set. These icons and their associated meanings are described below. NOTE: The text here indicates information that is supplemental for the user to know and that is not required to complete a task. IMPORTANT: The text here indicates information that is important for the user to know. CAUTIONEYE INJURY: Wear protective eyewear when performing certain tasks. CAUTIONPRODUCT DAMAGE: If the precaution is not taken, the product could be damaged. CAUTION: If the precaution is not heeded, the user could receive minor or moderate injury. CAUTIONHOT SURFACE: Touching this area could result in burns. CAUTIONESD: Observe proper electrostatic safety precautions. CAUTIONELECTRIC SHOCK: Disconnect the printer power before performing certain procedures to avoid the risk of electric shock. WARNING: If danger is not avoided, the user CAN be seriously injured or killed. DANGER! If danger is not avoided, the user WILL be seriously injured or killed. NOTE: This is an icon for wired networking notes. NOTE: This is an icon for wireless networking notes. Service Information If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for your region. Contact information is available at http://www.zebra.com/support. When contacting support, please have the following information available:

Serial number of the unit Model number or product name Software/firmware type or version number 25 Zebra responds to calls by email, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements. Draft v 10 About This Document If your problem cannot be solved by Zebra Customer Support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If you purchased your Zebra business product from a Zebra business partner, contact that business partner for support. Feedback If you have comments, questions, or suggestions about this guide, send an email to EVM-techdocs@zebra.com. 26 Draft v 10 Getting Started Introduction The CS6080 is a cordless barcode scanner in a brick shape that serves the retail market as a point of sale scanner as well as the healthcare market as a companion scanner. The CS6080 features include inductive touch user buttons, Qi standard wireless charging, BT 5.0 class1/class2, NFC reader/tag emulation capability, and NFC tap to pair for Android and Windows devices. The battery is removable and the scanner has the capability to operate from a USB cable that plugs into the battery compartment, allowing for corded handsfree mode at a point of sale. The CS6080 Scanner captures and stores barcodes for a variety of uses, and transmits barcode data to a host via USB connection or Bluetooth. This document provides basic instructions for setting up, programming, and using CS6080 scanners. The scanner is available in the following configurations:

CS6080SR - Standard range, cordless Bluetooth CS6080HC - Healthcare, cordless Bluetooth Each scanner can be connected to a USB host cable. Cradles are also available for mounting, charging, and host connection. 1 Draft v 10 Battery Getting Started Programmable Button Scan Button Beeper LED Indicators Scanner Window Carefully remove all protective material from the scanner and save the shipping container for later storage and shipping. Verify that you received the following equipment:

Inspect the equipment. If any equipment is missing or damaged, contact support. See page xviii for contact information. Unpacking the Scanner CS6080 Lithium-ion battery Quick Start Guide. Charging Inserting the Battery 1. Insert the battery into the scanner. 2. Press the battery into the scanner until the battery snaps into place. 2 Draft v 10 Getting Started Removing the Battery To remove the battery, press the release and pull the battery away from the scanner. Powering via USB Accessory 1. Remove the battery, if not already removed. 2. Insert the USB accessory into the scanner. 3. Connect the other end of the USB accessory to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged into an AC outlet. Charging via Cradle 1. Connect the cradle to one end of a USB-C cable. 2. Connect the other end of the USB-C cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged into an AC outlet. 3 Draft v 10 Getting Started 3. Insert the CS6080 into a scanner slot to begin charging. Retail Healthcare The CS6080 begins charging. The charge status LEDs light to indicate progress. See Troubleshooting on page 15 for charging indications. Cradle Cable Connection Charging via Charging Pad 1. Follow the third party instructions for connecting your charging pad to power. 2. Place the scanner on the charging pad with the buttons facing up. The battery charging indicator LED on the scanner lights to show the charging status. NOTE: The CS6080 is only compatible with Qi type charging pads. 4 Draft v 10 Charging Spare Batteries 1. Connect the retail charging cradle to one end of a USB-C cable. 2. Connect the other end of the USB-C cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged into an AC outlet. 3. Remove the spare battery slot cap. 4. Insert the battery into the spare battery slot to begin charging. The charge LED on the cradle lights to show the charging status. LED Charging Status Charging Temperature Charge batteries in temperatures from 0C to 50C (32F to 122F). Note that at temperatures above ??C the charging temperature is monitored and controlled by the scanner and the charging accessory. Charging is halted at temperatures above ??C. The scanner or accessory indicates when charging is disabled due to abnormal temperatures via its LED and/or battery icon. See Table 2-1 on page 2-4, Table B-2 on page B-4, and Table B-3 on page B-8. Getting Started 5 Draft v 10 Getting Started Connecting to a Host USB Scan ONE of the barcodes below. The interface cable automatically detects the host interface type and uses the default setting. If the default (*) does not meet your requirements, scan another host barcode below.

*USB Keyboard HID 6 Draft v 10 Getting Started IBM Hand-Held USB SNAPI with Imaging

(IBM Hand-Held USB with Full Scan Disable) IBM OPOS Bluetooth Connection Bluetooth Communication Options To set up the scanner for communication with a host using a standard Bluetooth profile, scan one of the following barcodes. Cradle Bluetooth Classic (default) - The scanner must be paired to a cradle and the cradle communicates to the host via the host interface cable connection. Classic and BLE modes are supported. HID Keyboard Profile - The scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like a Bluetooth keyboard. HID supports slave connections. Classic and BLE modes are supported. Simple Serial Interface (SSI)- For communication when connecting to a Zebra mobile device or PC/tablet/phone running a Zebra scanner SDK app. Classic, BLE and MFi modes are supported. Serial Port Profile (SPP) - The scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like there is a serial connection. Classic Bluetooth only. Scanning To scan a barcode:

1. Aim the scanner at the barcode. 2. Press the Scan button (...). 7 Draft v 10 Getting Started 3. Ensure the aiming dot is centered on the barcode. The scanner beeps and the LED turns green to indicate a successful decode. See Troubleshooting for beeper and LED definitions. 8 Draft v 10 Getting Started Useful Barcodes Set Defaults Return to Factory Defaults Add a Tab Key To add a Tab key after scanned data, scan the barcode below. Add an Enter Key To add an Enter key after scanned data, scan the barcode below. Add a Tab Key USB Caps Lock Override Add Enter Key (Carriage Return/Line Feed) USB-Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

*USB-Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable) 9 Draft v 10 Getting Started Night Mode with Vibrate NOTE: Cables may vary depending on configuration. Enable Night Mode Trigger Disable Night Mode Trigger Toggle Night Mode Button Actions Table 1 Button Actions Action Description Scan Button (...) Single press Double press Trigger Issue connection to last known address if disconnected/if connected in HID mode to an Apple device, will send show/hide keypad Hold for 3 seconds Hold until beam goes off plus 5 seconds longer Battery status Night mode Minus Button (-) Single press (not in cradle) default*

Show/hide keypad Single press option 2 Programmable trigger Single press option 3 Toggle lamp mode (SR) Single press in cradle Toggle lamp mode Double press Disconnect 10 Draft v 10 Getting Started LED Indicators Table 2 LED Indicators Decode Indicator LED Successful decode Unsuccessful decode Battery Indicator LED Action Description When in cradle and charging is complere Solid Green When in cradle and charging is in progress Blinking Amber When in cradle and there is a charging error When used in handheld mode and the Scan button (...) is pressed for 3 seconds - Full Battery When used in handheld mode and the Scan button (...) is pressed for 3 seconds - Mid Charge When used in handheld mode and the Scan button (...) is pressed for 3 seconds - Low Battery After decode and full battery status After decode and mid charge status After decode and low charge status Bluetooth Indicator LED While actively pairing Connected Bluetooth Error Green Red Blinking Red Solid Green Solid Amber Blinking Red Green does not display Amber blinks once when passing through mid threshold Red blinks every decode Blinking Blue Solid Blue Steady Red for 2 seconds 11 Draft v 10 Getting Started Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description Low, Medium, High As configured Green Green Power Up A barcode symbol was decoded Other LED Indicators Table 3 Other LED Indicators Standard Use Bootup Decode Handsfree Mode (Presentation On) None Handheld Mode TRANSMIT_ERROR CONVERT_ERROR Image Capture SNAPSHOT_START SNAPSHOT_COMPLETE None 4x Low 5x Low Low Low SNAPSHOT_TIMEOUT High, Low Parameter Programming ENTRY_ERROR Low, High Red NUMBER_EXPECTED Low, High Green PARAM_ENTERED High, Low, High, Low Green ADF Programming NUMBER_EXPECTED High, Low Green ALPHA_EXPECTED Low, Low Green Green (stays on) Presentation mode on Green (stays off) Presentation mode off Red Red Transmission error Conversion or format error Blinking green Snapshot mode started Default Green LED mode based upon Handheld / Handsfree mode state Default Green mode based upon Handheld /

Handsfree Mode state Snapshot mode completed Snapshot mode timed out Input error: incorrect barcode, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned. Number expected. Enter value using numeric barcodes. Successful program exit with change in parameter setting. Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary. Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message barcode. 12 Draft v 10 Getting Started Table 3 Other LED Indicators Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description CRIT_ACT_EXPECTED High, High Blinking Green RULE_SAVED High, Low, High, Low Green (turns off blinking) Rule saved. Rule entry CRIT_ACT_CLEARED High, Low, Low Green LAST_RULE_DELETED Low Green ALL_RULES_DELETED Low, High, High Green OUT_OF_RULE_MEM Low, High, Low, High Red CANCEL_RULE_ENTRY Low, High, Low Green (turns off blinking) Cancel rule entry. Rule ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule barcode. mode exited. All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule. Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact. All rules are deleted. Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again. entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry. Entry error, wrong barcode scanned, or criteria/action list is too long for a rule. Re-enter criterion or action. File ID error. A barcode not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned. File ID error. A barcode not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned. Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol. RULE_ERROR Low, High Red Macro PDF MPDF_BUFFERED 2x Low None MPDF_FILE_ID_ERROR 2x Long Low None MPDF_OUT_OF_MEMORY 3x Long Low None 13 Draft v 10 Getting Started Table 3 Other LED Indicators Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description MPDF_BAD_SYMBOLOGY 4x Long Low None Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D barcode in a MPDF sequence, a duplicate MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order, or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field. Flushing MPDF buffer. Aborting MPDF sequence. Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer. Out of batch storage memory, unable to store new barcode. MPDF_FLUSH_BUFFER 5x Long Low MPDF_ABORT Fast Warble MPDF_FLUSH_NO_DATA Low, High None None None Wireless Operation OUT_OF_MEMORY Low, High, Low, High Red Maintenance Indications Enter Bootloader Firmware Installation High, High None Steady Red Blinking Red If a cordless scanner is connected using FIPS, when the trigger is pressed the System LED is Amber until the session ends (trigger release, session timeout, or successful decode). 123Scan Utility Functionality 123Scan is an easy-to-use, PC-based software tool that enables rapid and easy customized setup of a scanner via a barcode or USB cable. For more information, visit: www.zebra.com/123Scan. Device configuration Electronic programming (USB cable) Programming barcode(s) Data view - scan log (display scanned barcode data) Access asset tracking information Upgrade firmware and view release notes Remote management (SMS package generation). 14 Draft v 10 Getting Started Troubleshooting Table 4 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Solutions Imager comes on, but scanner does not decode the barcode. Ensure the scanner is programmed to read the type of barcodebarcode being scanned. Scanner LED turns solid red for a few seconds. Charge the battery. See Charging on page 2. Scanner does not fully charge. Bluetooth LED turns off. Ensure the symbol is not defaced. Scan other barcodes of the same barcode type. Move scanner closer to or further from barcode. Ensure the scanner is connected to a powered USB hub (5V, 500mA max). Scanner is out of range; move closer to the host and press any button to re-pair with the host. Scanner emits long beeps for 5 seconds when scanning a barcode. Memory is full; download barcode data to the host and clear the memory. 15 Draft v 10 123Scan and Software Tools Introduction 123Scan This chapter briefly describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner operation. 123Scan is a software tool that simplifies scanner setup and more. Intuitive enough for first time users, the 123Scan wizard guides users through a streamlined setup process. Settings are saved in a configuration file that can be printed as a single programming barcode for scanning, emailed to a smart phone for scanning from its screen, or downloaded to the scanner using a USB cable. Modify data before transmission to a host using:

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) - Scan one barcode per trigger press. Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) - Scan many barcodes in one trigger press (select scanners). Preferred Symbol - Single out one barcode on label of many (select scanners). Through 123Scan a user can:

Configure a scanner using a wizard. Program the following scanner settings. Speaker tone / volume settings. Enable / disable symbologies. Communication settings. Load parameter settings to a scanner via the following. Barcode scanning. Scan a paper barcode. Scan a barcode from a PC screen. Scan a barcode from a smart phone screen. Download over a USB cable. Load settings to one scanner. Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port). Validate scanner setup. 16 Draft v 10 123Scan and Software Tools View scanned data within the utility's Data view screen. Capture an image and save to a PC within the utility's Data view screen. Review settings using the Parameter Report. Clone settings from an already deployed scanner from the Start screen. Upgrade scanner firmware. Load settings to one scanner. View statistics such as:

Asset tracking information. Time and usage information. Barcodes scanned by symbology. Battery diagnostics (select scanners). Generate the following reports. Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port). Barcode Report - Programming barcode, included parameter settings, and supported scanner models. Parameter Report - Parameters programmed within a configuration file. Inventory Report - Scanner asset tracking information. Validation Report - Scanned data from the Data view. Statistics Report - All statistics retrieved from the scanner. For more information go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan. Communication with 123Scan Use a USB cable or Bluetooth connection to connect the scanner to a Windows host computer running 123Scan. 123Scan Requirements Host computer running Windows XP, 7, 8, and 10 Scanner USB cable or Bluetooth connection. 123Scan Information For more information on123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan. For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos. To see a list of all of our software tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware. 17 Draft v 10 123Scan and Software Tools Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset management, these tools help you every step of the way. To download any of the following free tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware. 123Scan configuration utility SDKs cradle) Scanner SDK for Windows (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to Scanner SDK for Linux (connection through USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle) Scanner SDK for Android (Bluetooth connection only) Drivers (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle) OPOS driver JPOS driver USB CDC driver TWAIN driver Windows Linux How-To-Videos Scanner Management Service (SMS) for Remote Management (connection through USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle) NOTE: For a list of SDK supported scanner functionality by communication protocol, see Communication Protocol Functionality. 18 Draft v 10 Data Capture Introduction Beeper and LED Indications This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges. The digital scanner issues different beep sequences/patterns and an LED display to indicate status. Table 5 on page 19 defines beep sequences/patterns and LED displays which occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner. After the trigger is held for three seconds the battery/PowerCap LED gauge remain active for four seconds after trigger release. Digital Scanner Indications Table 5 Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications Beeper Sequence LED Indication Low/medium/high beeps Green Power up. Standard Use Scanning None None Medium beep

(or as configured) Low/low/low/extra low beeps Four long low beeps Red Red Green solid Presentation Mode on. Presentation Mode off. No LED; green LED is turned off Green flash A barcode was successfully decoded. (See

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>User Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 6-2 for programming beeper sounds.) Parity error. A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data is ignored. This occurs if a unit is not properly configured. Check option setting. 19 Draft v 10 Data Capture Table 5 Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications (Continued) Beeper Sequence LED Indication Five long low beeps Red Conversion or format error. None Red (fast blink)) on trigger press Scanner is disabled by a host command to the scanner. Green (fast blink) Bluetooth attempting reconnection. Bluetooth attempting reconnection (default is disable). Blue (fast/fast/slow) Paging state indication. Wireless Operation Low, high, low, high Red Radio Indications Low Low, high High, low Long low, long high Long low, long high, long low, long high None Five high Six high None Green Red Red None None Parameter Programming Long low/long high beeps Red High/low beeps Green High/low/high/low beeps Green ADF Programming Low/high/low beeps High/low beeps Low/low beeps None Green Green High/high beeps Green blinking High/low/low beeps Green Out of batch storage memory, unable to store new barcode. Scanner inserted into a cradle (may be disabled). Bluetooth connection established. Bluetooth disconnection event. Bluetooth page timeout; remote device is out of range/not powered. Bluetooth connection attempt was rejected by remote device. Input error, incorrect barcode or Cancel scanned, wrong entry, incorrect barcode programming sequence; remain in program mode. Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using barcode keypad. Successful program exit with change in the parameter setting. ADF transmit error. Number expected. Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary. Alpha expected. Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message barcode. ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criteria or action or scan the Save Rule barcode. All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule. 20 Draft v 10 Data Capture Table 5 Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications (Continued) Beeper Sequence LED Indication High/low/high/low beeps Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited. Green

(turns off blinking) Long low/long high beeps Red Low beep Low/high/high beeps Long low/long high/long low/long high beeps Green Green Red Rule error. Entry error, wrong barcode scanned, or criteria/action list is too long for a rule. Re-enter criteria or action. Deleted last saved rule. The current rule is left intact. All rules deleted. Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again. Long low/long high/long low beeps Green

(turns off blinking) Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry. Host Specific USB only Cradle LED Indications Four high beeps None Digital scanner has not completed initialization. Wait several seconds and scan again. Table 6 Cradle LED Indications LED Standard Use Radio Indications Green (stays on) Power Up Indication Green (off, then on) Bluetooth connection established Blue Blue (fast/fast/slow) Maintenance Indications Page button Page issued Red (stays on) Red blinking Enter boot loader Firmware installation 21 Draft v 10 Data Capture

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 7 lists the conditions in which the specified host controls the System Indicator LED. Table 7 Host Controlled Cradle LED Indications Indication LED 123Scan Fast Blinking Red Solid Green Solid Red SMS Slow Blinking Green Scanner connected to 123Scan. File being transferred to the scanner (parameters and firmware). Slow Blinking Red Firmware activated on the scanner, loaded into memory. Programming completed successfully (parameters and firmware). Error State. Blinking Red

(Both scanner and cradle) Loading the SMS package to scanner. 22 Draft v 10 Data Capture Scanning Hand-Held Scanning note The standard digital scanner emits a red illumination with a red aim dot (pictured in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Figure 7-1 and <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Figure 7-2). The Healthcare configuration emits a white illumination with a green aim dot. 1. Aim the digital scanner at a barcode and press the trigger to decode. 2. Press the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, indicating the barcode is successfully decoded. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Beeper and LED Indications on page 7-19. Figure 7-1 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode Hands-Free Scanning The scanner is in hands-free (presentation) mode when it sits in the CR6080-PC cradle. During idle conditions the scanner operates in object detection mode, where it automatically wakes up to decode a barcode presented in the field of view. In object detection mode it is normal for the illumination LEDs to be dimly lit. To scan:

1. Ensure all connections are secure (see appropriate host chapter). 2. Present the barcode in the scanner field of view. 23 Draft v 10 Data Capture 3. Upon successful decode, the scanner beeps and the LED flashes green. (For more information about beeper and LED definitions, <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Beeper and LED Indications on page 7-19). Figure 7-2 Scanning in Hands-Free Mode Aiming with Digital Scanner When scanning, the digital scanner projects a green LED dot which allows positioning the barcode within its field of view. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Ranges on page 7-26 for the proper distance to achieve between the digital scanner and a barcode. Figure 7-3 Aiming Dot If necessary, the digital scanner turns on its green illumination LEDs to illuminate the target barcode. To scan a barcode, center the symbol. 1D barcode 2D barcode Figure 7-4 Scanning Orientation with Aiming Dot 24 Draft v 10 Data Capture The digital scanner can also read a barcode presented within the aiming dot not centered. The top examples in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Figure 7-5 show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not be decoded. Figure 7-5 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming The aiming dot is smaller when the digital scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital scanner, and those with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital scanner. The digital scanner beeps to indicate that it successfully decoded the barcode. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 5. 25 Draft v 10 Data Capture Decode Ranges Table 8 CS6080 Decode Ranges Barcode Type Symbol Density CS6080-SR CS6080-HC Typical Working Ranges Typical Working Ranges Near Far Near Far Code 39 5.0 mil 2.4 in/6.1 cm 9.5 in/24.1 cm 2.4 in/6.1 cm 9.5 in/24.1 cm 20.0 mil 2.0 in/5.1 cm 26.0 in/66.0 cm 2.0 in/5.1 cm 26.0 in/66.0 cm Code 128 5.0 mil 2.8 in/7.1 cm 9.0 in/22.9 cm 2.8 in/7.1 cm 9.0 in/22.9 cm 100% UPC 13.0 mil 1.8 in/4.6 cm 19.5 in/49.5 cm 1.8 in/4.6 cm 19.5 in/49.5 cm PDF 417 6.67 mil 2.4 in/6.1 cm 8.0 in/20.3 cm 2.4 in/6.1 cm 8.0 in/20.3 cm Data Matrix 10.0 mil 2.9 in/7.4 cm 9.0 in/ 22.9 cm 2.9 in/7.4 cm 9.0 in/ 22.9 cm QR Code 15.0 mil 1.2 in/3.0 cm 12.0 in/30.5 cm 1.2 in/3.0 cm 12.0 in/30.5 cm 20.0 mil 1.2 in/3.0 cm 14.0 in/35.6 cm 1.2 in/3.0 cm 14.0 in/35.6 cm 26 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Introduction Maintenance This chapter provides suggested digital scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pin-outs). important Use pre-moistened wipes and do not allow liquid cleaner to pool. 1 When using sodium hypochlorite (bleach) based products always follow the manufacturers recommended instructions: use gloves during application and remove the residue afterwards with a damp cloth to avoid prolonged skin contact while handling the scanner. Due to the powerful oxidizing nature of sodium hypochlorite the metal surfaces on the scanner are prone to oxidation (corrosion) when exposed to this chemical in the liquid form (including wipes) and should be avoided. In the event that these type of disinfectants come in contact with metal on the scanner prompt removal with a dampened cloth after the cleaning step is critical. Known Harmful Ingredients The following chemicals are known to damage the plastics on Zebra scanners and should not come in contact with the device:

Acetone Ammonia solutions Aqueous or alcoholic alkaline solutions Aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons Benzene Carbolic acid Compounds of amines or ammonia Ethanolamine Ethers Ketones TB-lysoform Toluene Trichloroethylene. 27 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles Isopropyl alcohol 70% (including wipes) Bleach/sodium hypochlorite 1 (see important note above) Hydrogen peroxide Mild dish soap Ammonium Chloride. Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles important

* = Scanner only. Do not use on cradle. Only use cleaning agents from the following list, following the manufacturers instructions:

3% Hydrogen Peroxide and 97% Water solution 10% Bleach (Sodium Hypochlorite 0.55%) and 90% Water Solution 91% Isopropyl Alcohol and 9% Water Solution Azowipe Clorox Dispatch Hospital Cleaner Disinfectant Towels with Bleach Clorox Formula 409 Glass and Surface Cleaner Clorox Healthcare Bleach Germicidal Wipes Clorox Healthcare Hydrogen Peroxide Wipes Clorox Healthcare Multi-Surface Quat Alcohol Wipes Diversey D10 Concentrate Detergent Sanitizer Diversey Dimension 256 Neutral Disinfectant Cleaner Diversey Oxivir Tb Wipes Diversey Virex II 256 One-Step Disinfectant Cleaner Metrex CaviCide Metrex CaviCide1 Medipal Alcohol Wipes Metrex CaviWipes Metrex CaviWipes1 PDI Easy Screen Cleaning Wipe PDI Sani-Cloth AF3 Germicidal Disposable Wipe PDI Sani-Cloth Bleach Germicidal Disposable Wipe PDI Sani-Cloth HB Sani-Germicidal Disposable Wipe PDI Sani-Cloth Plus Germicidal Disposable Cloth PDI Super Sani-Cloth Germicidal Wipe 28 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Progressive Products Wipes Plus Sani Professional Disinfecting Multi-Surface Wipes Sani-Hands Instant Hand Sanitizing Wipes SC Johnson Windex Original Glass Cleaner with Ammonia-D Sterets Alcowipe Veridien Viraguard Steris Coverage Plus Germicidal Surface Wipes Cleaning the Digital Scanner Routinely cleaning the exit window is required. A dirty window may affect scanning accuracy. Do not allow any abrasive material to touch the window. To clean the scanner:

wipes. 1. Dampen a soft cloth with one of the approved cleaning agents listed above or use pre-moistened 2. Gently wipe all surfaces, including the front, back, sides, top and bottom. Never apply liquid directly to the scanner. Be careful not to let liquid pool around the scanner window, trigger, cable connector or any other area on the device. 3. Be sure to clean the trigger and in between the trigger and the housing (use a cotton-tipped applicator to reach tight or inaccessible areas). 4. Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the exit window. 5. Wipe the scanner exit window with a lens tissue or other material suitable for cleaning optical material such as eyeglasses. 6. Immediately dry the scanner window after cleaning with a soft non-abrasive cloth to prevent streaking. 7. Allow the unit to air dry before use. 8. Scanner connectors:

a. Dip the cotton portion of a cotton-tipped applicator in isopropyl alcohol. b. Rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator back-and-forth across the connector on the Zebra scanner at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the connector. c. Use the cotton-tipped applicator dipped in alcohol to remove any grease and dirt near the connector area. d. Use a dry cotton tipped applicator and rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator back-and-forth across the connectors at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the connectors. 29 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Troubleshooting Table 8-1 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions The aiming dot does not appear when pressing the trigger. No power to the digital scanner. Incorrect host interface cable is used. If the configuration requires a power supply, re-connect the power supply. Connect the correct host interface cable. Interface/power cables are loose. Re-connect cables. Digital scanner is disabled. Aiming pattern is disabled. Digital scanner emits aiming dot, but does not decode the barcode. Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct barcode type. Barcode symbol is unreadable. The aiming dot is not correctly placed on the symbol. Distance between digital scanner and barcode is incorrect. For USB IBM hand-held, IBM table-top, and OPOS modes, enable the digital scanner via the host interface. Otherwise, see the technical person in charge of scanning. Enable the aiming pattern. See

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern on page 6-24. Program the digital scanner to read that type of barcode. See

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 10, Symbologies. Scan test symbols of the same barcode type to determine if the barcode is defaced. Move the symbol so that the aiming dot is within the field of view (see

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Aiming with Digital Scanner on page 3-7). Move the scanner closer to or further from the barcode. See

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Ranges on page 3-9. 30 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions Digital scanner decodes barcode, but does not transmit the data to the host. Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct host type. Scan the appropriate host type programming barcode. See the chapter corresponding to the host type. Interface cable is loose. Re-connect the cable. Cradle is not programmed for the correct host type. Check digital scanner host parameters or edit options. Digital scanner is not paired to host connected interface. Pair digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle. Cradle has lost connection to the host. If the digital scanner emits four long low beeps, a transmission error occurred. This occurs if a unit is not properly configured or connected to the wrong host type. If the digital scanner emits 5 low beeps, a conversion or format error occurred. In this exact order: disconnect power supply;

disconnect host cable; wait three seconds;

reconnect host cable; reconnect power supply;

reestablish pairing. Set the scanner's communication parameters to match the host's setting. Configure the digital scanner's conversion parameters properly. If the digital scanner emits low/high/low beeps, it detected an invalid ADF rule. Program the correct ADF rules. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide. Host displays scanned data incorrectly. Digital scanner is not programmed to work with the host. Scan the appropriate host type programming barcode. Program the proper editing options (e.g., UPC-E to UPC-A Conversion). Normal during host reset. The USB bus may put the digital scanner in a state where power to the scanner is cycled on and off more than once. Digital scanner has not completed USB initialization. Wait several seconds and scan again. Digital scanner emits short low/short medium/short high beep sequence (power-up beep sequence) more than once. Digital scanner emits 4 short high beeps during decode attempt. Digital scanner emits Low/low/low/extra low beeps when not in use. 31 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions Input error, incorrect barcode or Cancel barcode was scanned. Scan the correct numeric barcodes within range for the parameter programmed. Out of host parameter storage space. Scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Out of memory for ADF rules. Reduce the number of ADF rules or the number of steps in the ADF rules. During programming, indicates out of ADF parameter storage space. Erase all rules and re-program with shorter rules. Digital scanner emits low/high/low beeps. ADF transmit error. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information. Invalid ADF rule is detected. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information. The USB bus re-established power to the digital scanner. Normal when changing USB host type. Digital scanner emits low/high beeps during programming. Digital scanner emits low/high/low/high beeps during programming. Digital scanner emits a power-up beep after changing USB host type. Digital scanner emits one high beep when not in use. Digital scanner emits frequent beeps. No power to the scanner. Incorrect host interface cable is used. Check the system power. If the configuration requires a power supply, re-connect the power supply. Verify that the correct host interface cable is used. If not, connect the correct host interface cable. Interface/power cables are loose. Check for loose cable connections and re-connect cables. 32 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions Digital scanner emits five long low beeps after a barcode is decoded. Ensure the scanner conversion parameters are properly configured. Conversion or format error was detected. The scanner conversion parameters are not properly configured. Conversion or format error was detected. An ADF rule was set up with characters that can't be sent for the host selected. Conversion or format error was detected. A barcode was scanned with characters that can't be sent for that host. Change the ADF rule, or change to a host that can support the ADF rule. Change the barcode, or change to a host that can support the barcode. Digital scanner LED blinks even if the pairing request was canceled from remote iOS/Android device. If pass key entry is canceled from the tablet/phone, the digital scanner remains in the pass key entry mode for 30 seconds before timing out. To exit pass key entry mode scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1 or scan any other barcode. note If after performing these checks the digital scanner still experiences problems, contact the distributor or call support. Dump Scanner Parameters To debug a scanner issue, scan the following barcode with the scanner connected in USB HID keyboard mode to Microsoft Windows Notepad or Wordpad. This outputs all the scanner's asset tracking information and parameter settings to a text document. See the parameter numbers in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults to interpret the parameter/attribute numbers in the output. note Use 123Scan if available as an alternative to using this feature. 123Scan is the preferable method for outputting scanner information. note For proper formatting, it may be necessary to first scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis><DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(1) on page 6-40. Dump Scanner Parameters 33 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Send Versions Report Software Version Scan the following barcode to send the version of software installed in the scanner. Report Software Version Serial Number Scan the following barcode to send the scanner serial number to the host. Serial Number Manufacturing Information Scan the following barcode to send the scanner manufacturing information to the host. Manufacturing Information 34 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Technical Specifications note Operating current specifications are subject to change. Table 8-2 Technical Specifications Item Physical Characteristics Dimensions Description Scanner Presentation Cradle Desk/Wall Cradle 6.6 in H x 2.6 in W x 4.2 in D / 16.8 cm H x 6.7 cm W x 10.6 cm D 2.9 in H x 3.7 in W x 4.8 in D / 7.3 cm H x 9.4 cm W x 12.3 cm D 2.8 in H x 3.3 in W x 8.3 in D / 7.2 cm H x 8.4 cm W x 21.1 cm D Weight - CS6080-SR Weight - CS6080-HC Scanner (with battery) Presentation Cradle Desk/Wall Cradle 8.2 oz / 232 g 5.4 oz / 153 g 6.5 oz / 183 g Scanner Presentation Cradle Desk/Wall Cradle 8.3 oz / 237 g 6.5 oz / 183 g 7.1 oz / 202 g Cradle Operating Currents CS6080-SR Operating Current (mA) TA=25C CS6080-HC Operating Current (mA) TA=25C Mode Idle @ VIN = 12V Idle @ VIN = 5V Charging, Standard USB Charging, BC1.2 CDP Charging, BC1.2 DCP Charging, 5V non-USB Charging, 12V non-USB Mode Idle @ VIN = 12V Idle @ VIN = 5V Charging, Standard USB Charging, BC1.2 CDP Charging, BC1.2 DCP Charging, 5V non-USB Charging, 12V non-USB Typ 43 93 470 1350 1100 730 743 Typ 37 77 470 1350 1100 730 743 Max 50 100 500 1500 1200 750 1000 Max 45 85 500 1500 1200 750 1000 35 Available Colors Black (CS6080-SR), Healthcare White (CS6080-HC) Supported Host Interfaces USB, RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, RS-485 (IBM 46xx) Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description Keyboard Support Supports 97 international keyboards FIPS Security Certification Certified Compliant with FIPS 140-2 Multi-function LED (Decode, error, paging status);

Beeper (Decode, paging);

Power Gauge Direct Decode Indicator Cradle Multi-function LED (Power, error, charge status) CS6080-SR CS6080-HC Aiming Pattern: Circular 617nm amber LED Aiming Pattern: Circular 528nm true green LED CS6080-SR CS6080-HC White LED, green aim spot White LED, green aim spot Imager Field of View 48.0 horizontal, 37.0 vertical Image Sensor 1,280 x 960 pixels Minimum Print Contrast 16% minimum reflective difference User Indicators Scanner Performance Characteristics Light Source Illumination Skew Tolerance Pitch Tolerance Roll Tolerance Image Capture User Environment CS6080-SR Temperatures CS6080-HC Temperatures Graphics Format Support Images can be exported as Bitmap, JPEG, or TIFF Resolution (A4 document) 109 PPI Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F / 0 to 50C Charging Temperature: 32 to 122F / 0 to 50C Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F / 0 to 50C Charging Temperature: 32 to 122F / 0 to 50C Storage Temperature

-40 to 158F / -40 to 70C Humidity 5% to 95% RH, non-condensing Drop Specification (Scanner)

@ 23C: 36 (6 per side) from 5 ft.to concrete

@ 0C and 50C: 36 (6 per side) from 4 ft.to concrete

+/- 60

+/- 60 360 36 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description Tumble Specification (Scanner) Designed to withstand 500 tumbles in 1.5 ft./0.5 m tumbler Note: 1 tumble = 0.5 cycle Ambient Light Immunity 0 to 9000 Foot Candles/0 to 96,840 Lux Environmental Sealing Scanner rated IP65 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)

+/-15kV Air discharge, +/-8kV Indirect Wireless Connectivity Bluetooth Radio Adjustable Bluetooth Power Wired Connectivity Power Lithium Polymer removable pack Accessories Symbol Decode Capability 1D 2D Postal Digimarc Standard Bluetooth Version 5.0 with BLE: Class 1 330 ft. (100m) and Class 2 33 ft. (10m), Serial Port and HID Profiles, Zebra Simple Serial Interface Class 1: Output power adjustable down from 4 dBm in 8 Steps Class 2: Output power adjustable down from 2 dBm in 8 Steps USB: HID, CDC, OPOS/JPOS, Zebra Simple Serial Interface Capacity: 735 mAh Over 12 hrs of retail profile use Number of scans from full charge: 65,000 (at one scan per second) Typical Charge Time From Empty To Full Standard USB BC1.2 USB External 5V Source External 12V Source See Table C. CS6080-SR 7 hrs 45 min 3 hrs 4 hrs 30 min 2 hrs 15 min CS6080-HC 9 hrs 15 min 3 hrs 15 min 5 hrs 2 hrs 15 min UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN with supplements, Bookland EAN, ISSN, UCC Coupon Extended, Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 128, ISBT Code 128, Code 93, Codabar/NW7, Code 11, MSI Plessey, UPC/EAN, I 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, GS1 DataBar, Base 32 (Italian Pharma), ISBT Concat PDF417, MicroPDF417, Composite Codes, TLC-39, Aztec, DataMatrix, MaxiCode, QR Code, Micro QR, Chinese Sensible

(Han Xin), China GM Code, DotCode, Dotted DataMatrix Australian Post, US PLANET, Royal Mail 4 State, US POSTNET, KIX (Dutch), UK Postal, Japan Post, UPU 4 State FICS (Post US4), USPS 4 State (Post US3), Canadian Post (Postbar) Digital watermark technology 37 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Table 8-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description Minimum Element Resolution 3.0 mil 3.0 mil 5.0 mil 5.0 mil Code 39 Code 128 DataMatrix QR 123Scan Utilities and Management Symbol Scanner SDK Scanner Management Service (SMS) Programs scanner parameters, upgrades firmware, provides scanned barcode data and prints reports. See 123Scan and Software Tools. Generates a fully-featured scanner application, including documentation, drivers, test utilities and sample source code. www.zebra.com/ScannerSDKforWindows Remotely manages your Zebra scanner and queries its asset information. www.zebra.com/sms Decode Ranges (Typical)*

See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Ranges on page 3-9. 38 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications Cradle Signal Descriptions The signal descriptions in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 8-3 apply to the contacts on the digital scanner and are for reference only. Figure 8-6 Cradle Pin-outs Table 8-3 Signal Pin-outs Pin Function PACK+

THERM COM1 COM2 GND 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 Table 8-4 10 Pin Host Interface Connectors Pin USB RS-232 Keyboard Wedge RS-485*

CABLE_ID CABLE_ID CABLE_ID 5VDC GND 5VDC GND TXD 5VDC GND 5VDC GND KBD_CLK IBM_TXD

*Additional RS-485 transceiver hardware located within the cable. 39 Draft v 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications 5 6 7 8 9 10 Table 8-4 10 Pin Host Interface Connectors (Continued) Pin USB RS-232 Keyboard Wedge RS-485*

D+

RXD TERM_DATA IBM_RXD Short to Pin 1 RTS KBD_DATA IBM_DIR D-

CTS TERM_CLK 1Meg resistor to pin 1 2Meg resistor 12VDC

(optional) 12VDC

(optional) 12VDC (optional) SHELL Shield Shield Shield

*Additional RS-485 transceiver hardware located within the cable. to pin 1 12VDC

(optional) Shield 40 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Introduction Setting Parameters This chapter provides information about the modes of operation and features available for wireless communication between the CS6080 cordless digital scanners, cradles and hosts. The chapter also includes the parameters necessary to configure the digital scanner. The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Radio Communication Default Table on page 9-42 (also see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary. To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the scanner powers down. note Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge. If not using the default host, select the host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host. To return all features to default values, scan a barcode in <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default

*Enable Parameter

(1) Feature/option Option value Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode, scan the Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode barcode listed under <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Wi-Fi Friendly Mode on page 9-54. The scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. 41 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Other parameters, such as Bluetooth Friendly Name, require scanning several barcodes. See the parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. Radio Communications Parameter Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 9-5 lists the defaults for radio communication parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 17, 123Scan and Software Tools. note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 9-5 Radio Communication Default Table Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Radio Communications Host Types N/A N/A Cradle Host Bluetooth Friendly Name 607 F1h 5Fh n/a Discoverable Mode 610 F1h 62h General Wi-Fi Friendly Mode 1299 F8h 05h 77h Disable Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion N/A N/A Use All Channels Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-46

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-52

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-53

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-54

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-55 42 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Table 9-5 Radio Communication Default Table (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Radio Output Power 1324 F8h 05h 2Ch High Link Supervision Timeout 1698 F8h 06h A2h 5 sec Bluetooth Radio State 1354 F8h 05h 4Ah On HID Features for Apple iOS 1114 F8h 04h 5Ah Disable HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay (0 msec) HID CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Disable HID Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Enable Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable Fast HID Keyboard 1361 F8h 05h 51h Enable Quick Keypad Emulation 1362 F8h 05h 52h Enable HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable 43 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-56

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-57

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-58

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-58

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-59

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-59

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-60

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-60

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-61

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-61

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-62 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Table 9-5 Radio Communication Default Table (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number HID Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion Auto-Reconnect Option 604 F1h 5Ch Auto-Reconnect Immediately Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback 559 F1h 2Fh Disable Reconnect Attempt Interval 558 F1h 2Eh 30 sec Sleep Between Attempts 1778 F8h 06h F2h Sleep for 1 Minute Number of Retry Attempts 1779 F8h 06h F3h Do Not Retry Beep on Insertion 288 20h Enable Modes of Operation

(Point-to-Point/Multipoint-to-Point) 538 F1 1A Point-to-Point Parameter Broadcast (Cradle Host Only) 148 94h Enable Pairing Modes 542 F1h 1Eh Unlocked 44 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-62

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-63

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-63

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-65

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-66

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-67

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-68

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-69

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-70 5-28 5-29

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-71 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Table 9-5 Radio Communication Default Table (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Pairing on Contacts 545 F1h 21h Enable Toggle Pairing 1322 F8h 05h 2Ah Disable Connection Maintenance Interval N/A N/A 15 Minutes Batch Mode 544 F1h 20h Normal (Do Not Batch Data) Persistent Batch Storage 1399 F8h 05h 77h Disable Page Button 746 F1h EAh Enable Page Mode 1364 F8h 05h 54h Page Simple Page Stage Timeout 1365 F8h 05h 55h 30 Seconds Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-73

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-74

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-75

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-78

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-80

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-80

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-82

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-82 Bluetooth Classic and/or Low Energy

(Cradle Host Only) 1355 F8h 05h 4Bh Classic and Low Energy <em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-84 PIN Code (Set and Store) 552 F1h 28h 12345 5-39 45 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Table 9-5 Radio Communication Default Table (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Variable Pin Code 608 F1h 60h Static

(Default PIN code is 12345) Bluetooth Security Levels 1393 F8h 05h 71h Low Page Number 5-40

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>9

-85 Wireless Beeper Definitions When the digital scanner scans the pairing barcode it issues various beep sequences indicating successful or unsuccessful operations. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Beeper and LED Indications on page 3-1 for all beep sequences and LED displays including those which occur during pairing operations. Radio Communication Host Types To set up the digital scanner for communication with a cradle, or to use standard Bluetooth profiles, scan the appropriate host type barcode below. Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) Bluetooth has a smaller RF footprint which significantly improves Wi-Fi co-existence. However, LE Bluetooth is up to 7 times slower than Classic Bluetooth (0.27 Mbps versus 0.7-2.1 Mbps), so data intensive activities such as firmware update can take significantly longer. Cradle Select this host type when connecting a scanner to a communication cradle. note The scanner automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 9-64 for more information. To establish a connection (for initial setup only):

1. Scan the Cradle-Bluetooth Classic or Cradle-Low Energy barcode. 2. Scan the pairing barcode on the cradle or place the scanner in the cradle. 46 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Cradle Bluetooth Classic Cradle Bluetooth Low Energy 47 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone emulating a Bluetooth keyboard. HID Bluetooth Classic - Enables the host and scanner to communicate using the HID Keyboard Profile over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable (Slave Mode) and also supports Master Mode. To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the HID Bluetooth Classic barcode. 2. Connect to Master Mode or Slave Mode. Master Mode - Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address. Slave Mode - From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list. HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) - Enables the host to establish a HID Keyboard Profile connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Low Energy radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable (Slave Mode). To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) barcode. 2. From the host discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list. HID Bluetooth Classic HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) 48 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Select this host type when connecting to a Zebra mobile device or PC/tablet/phone running a Zebra scanner SDK app. SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable) - Enables communication with Zebra mobile computers. It enables the scanner(s) to establish a connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is NOT in discoverable (Master Mode). To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable) barcode. 2. Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address. note Additional steps may be necessary depending on host's Bluetooth stack. SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) - Enables communication with Scanner SDK for Android generated apps. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is in discoverable (Slave Mode). To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) barcode. 2. From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from your discovered device list. Store. SSI BT LE - Enables communication with apps generated using the Zebra's Scanner SDKs for iOS and Android. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over a Bluetooth Low Energy radio. The scanner is in discoverable (Slave Mode) and also supports Master Mode. Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store. Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for Android from the Google Play SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support) - Enables communication with Scanner SDK for iOS generated apps. This enables an Apple device and scanner to communicate over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is discoverable (Slave Mode) and also supports Master Mode. Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store. 49 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Simple Serial Interface (continued) SSI BT Classic (Non-Discoverable) SSI BT LE SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support) 50 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Serial Port Profile (SPP) Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone using a Bluetooth serial connection. SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable) - Enables the scanner to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP) connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is NOT discoverable (Master Mode). To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable) barcode. 2. Scan a pairing barcode with the MAC address of the host device. SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) - Enables the host to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP) connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is discoverable (Slave Mode). To establish a connection (initial setup only):

1. Scan the SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) barcode. 2. From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list. SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable) SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) Bluetooth Technology Profile Support With Bluetooth Technology Profile Support, the cradle is not required for wireless communication. The digital scanner communicates directly to the host using Bluetooth technology. The digital scanner supports the standard Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) and HID Profiles which enable the digital scanner to communicate with other Bluetooth devices that support these profiles. SPP - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like there is a serial connection. HID - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like a keyboard. Master/Slave Set Up The digital scanner can be set up as a Master or Slave. When the digital scanner is set up as a Slave, it is discoverable and connectible to other devices. When the digital scanner is set up as a Master, the Bluetooth address of the remote device to which a connection is requested is required. A pairing barcode with the remote device address must be created and scanned to attempt a connection to the remote 51 Draft v 10 Radio Communications device. See the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 9-74 for information about creating a pairing barcode. When the digital scanner is set up as a Master (SPP), it initiates the radio connection to a slave device. Initiating the connection is done by scanning a pairing barcode for the remote device (see

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 9-74). Master Slave When the digital scanner is set up as a Slave device (SPP), the digital scanner accepts an incoming connection request from a remote device. note The number of digital scanners is dependent on the host capability. Bluetooth Friendly Name Parameter # 607 (SSI # F1h 5Fh) You can set a meaningful name for the digital scanner that appears in the application during device discovery. The default name is the digital scanner name followed by its serial number, e.g., CS6080 123456789ABCDEF. Scanning Set Defaults reverts the digital scanner to this name; use custom defaults to maintain the user-programmed name through a Set Defaults operation. To set a new Bluetooth Friendly Name, scan the following barcode, then scan up to 23 characters from

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix H, Alphanumeric Barodes. If the name contains less than 23 characters, Then scan End of Message in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide. note If your application allows you to set a device name, this takes precedence over the Bluetooth Friendly Name. Bluetooth Friendly Name 52 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Discoverable Mode Parameter # 610 (SSI # F1h 62h) Select a discoverable mode based on the device initiating discovery:

Select General Discoverable Mode when initiating connection from a PC. Select Limited Discoverable Mode when initiating connection from a mobile device (e.g., Q), and the device does not appear in General Discoverable Mode. Note that it can take longer to discover the device in this mode. The device remains in Limited Discoverable Mode for 30 seconds, and green LEDs flash while in this mode. It is then non-discoverable. To re-active Limited Discoverable Mode, press the trigger.

*General Discoverable Mode

(0) Limited Discoverable Mode

(1) 53 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Wi-Fi Friendly Mode Scanners configured for Wi-Fi friendly mode behave as follows:

The scanner remains in sniff mode, and exits sniff mode only during firmware update. If any Wi-Fi channel is excluded from the hopping sequence, AFH turns off. Scanner (and cradle) avoid the selected Wi-Fi channels after establishing connection. Notes If using this feature, configure all scanners in the area for Wi-Fi friendly mode. By default, no Wi-Fi channels are excluded. Since Bluetooth requires a minimum of 20 channels when Wi-Fi channels 1, 6, and 11 are excluded, a smaller number of channels are cut from the hopping sequence. Updating Wi-Fi friendly settings before Bluetooth connection is recommended. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode, then see

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion to select any channels to exclude.

*Disable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion Select the channels to exclude:

Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1: Bluetooth channels 0-21 are excluded from hopping sequence Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6: Bluetooth channels 25-46 are excluded from hopping sequence Exclude Wi-Fi channel 11: Bluetooth channels 50-71 are excluded from hopping sequence

(2402-2423 MHz).

(2427 - 2448 MHz).

(2452 - 2473 MHz). Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1, 6 and 11: Bluetooth channels 2-19 (2404-2421 MHz), 26-45 (2428 - 2447 MHz) and 51-69 (2453 - 2471 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence. Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 6: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 25-46

(2427 - 2448 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence. Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 11: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 50-71

(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence. Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6 and 11: Bluetooth channels 25-46 (2427 - 2448 MHz) and 50-71

(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence. 54 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion (continued)

*Use All Channels (Standard AFH) Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 6 Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1, 6, and 11 Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 11 Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 1 Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 11 Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 6 Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 6 and 11 55 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Radio Output Power Parameter # 1324 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ch) The CS6080 uses a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio. Optionally, reduce the radio output power to restrict the transmission range and reduce the effect of the radio on neighboring wireless systems. note Bluetooth stack resets on power change and the device loses connection. Scan a barcode to select the desired power mode.

* High Power Setting

(0) Low Power Setting

(2) Medium Power Setting

(1) 56 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Link Supervision Timeout Parameter # 1698 (SSI # F8h 06h A2h) Link supervision timeout controls how quickly the scanner senses that the Bluetooth radio lost connection to the remote device. A lower value helps prevent data loss at the edge of the operating range while a larger value helps prevent disconnects due to the remote device not responding in time. If you are experiencing occasional disconnects and the scanner is able to reconnect, increase the link supervision timeout value. note The scanner only controls Link Supervision Timeout in Master Mode. 5 Seconds

* 5 Seconds 20 Seconds 2 Seconds 10 Seconds 57 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Bluetooth Radio State Parameter # 1354 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Ah) note The only option to turn the radio on after it is turned off on the cradle, is through the host. Bluetooth Radio Off

*Bluetooth Radio On HID Host Parameters The digital scanner supports virtual keyboard emulation for the Apple iOS, and keyboard emulation over the Bluetooth HID profile. In this mode the digital scanner can interact with Bluetooth enabled hosts supporting the HID profile as a Bluetooth keyboard. Scanned data is transmitted to the host as keystrokes. HID Features for Apple iOS Parameter # 1114 (SSI # F8h 04h 5Ah) This option works with Apple iOS devices to enable the opening and closing of the iOS virtual keyboard by double-pressing the trigger. note When this feature is enabled, the digital scanner may be incompatible with non-Apple iOS devices. Enable this feature before connecting an Apple Device to use.

*Disable

(0) Enable

(1) 58 Draft v 10 Radio Communications HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to increase the delay when the HID host requires a slower transmission of data.

*No Delay (0 msec) Medium Delay (20 msec) Long Delay (40 msec) HID CAPS Lock Override When enabled, the case of the data is preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting is always enabled for the Japanese, Windows (ASCII) keyboard type and can not be disabled.

*Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable) Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable) 59 Draft v 10 Radio Communications HID Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character, then the digital scanner issues an error beep.

*Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Enable) Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Disable) Emulate Keypad When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example, ASCII A is sent as "ALT make" 0 6 5 "ALT Break."

Disable Keypad Emulation

* Enable Keypad Emulation 60 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Fast HID Keyboard Parameter # 1361 (SSI # F8h 05h 51h) This option transmits Bluetooth HID keyboard data at a faster rate. Fast HID Disable Quick Keypad Emulation Parameter # 1362 (SSI # F8h 05h 52h)

*Fast HID Enable note This option applies only to a HID Keyboard Emulation Device which has Emulate Keypad enabled (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Emulate Keypad on page 9-60). This parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not found on the keyboard. Quick Keypad Emulation Disable

*Quick Keypad Emulation Enable 61 Draft v 10 Radio Communications HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution When enabled, this parameter allows replacement of any FN1 character in an EAN128 barcode with a Key Category and value chosen by the user. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>FN1 Substitution Values on page 6-41 to set the Key Category and Key Value.

*Disable Keyboard FN1 Substitution Enable Keyboard FN1 Substitution HID Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as control-key sequences. When this parameter is enabled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping (see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-1 on page I-1). Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

*Disable Function Key Mapping Enable Function Key Mapping 62 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Simulated Caps Lock When enabled, the digital scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the digital scanner barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard Caps Lock state. Convert Case When enabled, the digital scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case. Enable Simulated Caps Lock

*Disable Simulated Caps Lock

*No Case Conversion Convert All to Lower Case Convert All to Upper Case 63 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Auto-Reconnect Feature When in SPP Master, Cradle Host Mode, and Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation, the digital scanner automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. This can happen if the digital scanner goes out of range with the remote device, or if the remote device powers down. The digital scanner tries to reconnect for the period of time specified by the Reconnect Attempt Interval setting. During that time the green LED continues to blink. If the auto-reconnect process fails due to page time-outs, the digital scanner sounds a page timeout beep

(long low/long high) and enters low power mode. The auto-reconnect process can be re-started by pressing the digital scanner trigger. If the auto-reconnect process fails because the remote device rejects the connection attempt, the digital scanner sounds a connection reject beep sequence (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 9-46) and deletes the remote pairing address. If this happens, a pairing barcode must be scanned to attempt a new connection to the remote device. If a barcode is scanned while the auto-reconnect sequence is in process, a transmission error beep sequence sounds and the data is not transmitted to the host. After a connection is reestablished, normal scanning operation returns. For error beep sequence definitions, see ???. The digital scanner has memory available for storing a remote Bluetooth address for each Master Mode

(SPP, Cradle). When switching between these modes, the digital scanner automatically tries to reconnect to the last device it was connected to in that mode. note Switching between Bluetooth host types by scanning a host type barcode

(<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>page 9-46) causes the radio to be reset. Scanning is disabled during this time. It takes several seconds for the digital scanner to re-initialize the radio at which time scanning is enabled. 64 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Auto-Reconnect Option Parameter # 604 (SSI # F1h 5Ch) In Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation (HID) mode, SPP Master, and Cradle Host Mode, select a re-connect option for when the digital scanner loses its connection with a remote device:

Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data: The digital scanner auto-reconnects when you scan a barcode. With this option, a delay can occur when transmitting the first characters. The digital scanner sounds a decode beep upon barcode scan, followed by a connection, a page timeout, a rejection beep, or a transmission error beep. Select this option to optimize battery life on the digital scanner and mobile device. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug commands. Auto-Reconnect Immediately: When the digital scanner loses connection, it attempts to reconnect. If a page timeout occurs, the digital scanner attempts reconnect on a trigger press. Select this option if the digital scanner battery life is not an issue and you do not want a delay to occur when the first barcode is transmitted. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug commands. Disable Auto-Reconnect: When the digital scanner loses connection, you must re-establish it manually. Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data

(1) Disable Auto-Reconnect

(0)

*Auto-Reconnect Immediately

(2) 65 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback Parameter # 559 (SSI # F1h 2Fh) When a digital scanner disconnects as it goes out of range, it immediately attempts to reconnect. While the digital scanner attempts to reconnect, the green LED continues to blink. If the auto-reconnect process fails, the digital scanner emits a page timeout beep (long low/long high) and stops blinking the LED. The process can be restarted by pressing the trigger. The Beep on Reconnect Attempt feature is disabled by default. When enabled, the digital scanner emits 5 short high beeps every 5 seconds while the re-connection attempt is in progress. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt.

*Disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(0) Reconnect Attempt Interval Parameter # 558 (SSI # F1h 2Eh) Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(1) When a digital scanner disconnects, it immediately attempts to reconnect for the default time interval of 30 seconds. This time interval can be changed to one of the options below. To set the Reconnect Attempt Interval, scan one of the barcodes below. 66 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Minute

(12) Reconnect Attempt Interval (continued) Attempt to Reconnect for 2 Minutes

(24)

*Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Seconds

(6) Attempt to Reconnect for 1.5 Minutes

(18) Attempt to Reconnect for 5 Minutes

(60) Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Hour

(720) Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Minutes

(360) Attempt to Reconnect Indefinitely

(0) 67 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Sleep Between Attempts Parameter # 1778 (SSI # F8h 06h F2h) Scan a barcode below to reduce potential Wi-Fi interference and extend scanner battery life by allowing the scanner to go to sleep (low power mode) for the time indicated between reconnect attempts. note This feature only works when low power mode is enabled on the scanner and when the scanner is not charging in the cradle. Sleep for 30 Seconds

(30) Sleep for 2 Minutes

(120) Sleep for 30 Minutes

(1800)

*Sleep for 1 Minute

(60) Sleep for 5 Minutes

(300) Sleep for 1 Hour

(3600) 68 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Number of Retry Attempts Parameter # 1779 (SSI # F8h 06h F3h) Scan a barcode below to control how many reconnect and associated sleep attempts to execute. After the number of retries is reached, the scanner no longer attempts to reconnect to the host. note After the retry period expires, if the trigger is pressed, the scanner restarts the auto-reconnect and sleep sequence.

* Do Not Retry

(0) Retry 10 Times

(10) Retry 40 Times

(40) Retry 5 Times

(5) Retry 20 Times

(20) 69 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Out of Range Indicator An out of range indicator can be set by scanning <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt (1) on page 9-66 and extending the time using the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Reconnect Attempt Interval on page 9-66. For example, with Beep on Reconnect Attempt disabled while the digital scanner loses radio connection when it is taken out of range, the digital scanner attempts to reconnect silently during the time interval set by scanning a Reconnect Attempt Interval. When Beep on Reconnect Attempt is enabled, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds while the re-connection attempt is in progress. If the Reconnect Attempt Interval is adjusted to a longer period of time, such as 30 minutes, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds for 30 minutes providing an out of range indicator. Beep on Insertion Parameter # 288 (SSI # 20h) When a digital scanner is inserted into a cradle and detects power, it emits a short low beep. This feature is enabled by default. To enable or disable beeping on insertion, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Beep on Insertion

(1) Disable Beep on Insertion

(0) 70 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support Pairing Pairing is the process by which a digital scanner initiates communication with a cradle. Scanning Multipoint-to-Point activates multi digital scanner-to-cradle operation and allows up to seven digital scanners to pair to one cradle. To pair the digital scanner with the cradle, scan the pairing barcode. A high/low/high/low beep sequence indicates that the pairing barcode was decoded. When a connection between the cradle and digital scanner is established, a low/high beep sounds. note 1. The pairing barcode that connects the digital scanner to a cradle is unique to each cradle. 2. Do not scan data or parameters until pairing completes. 3. Only when the digital scanner is paired to the cradle, it automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. For more information see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 9-64. Pairing Modes Parameter # 542 (SSI # F1h 1Eh) When operating with the cradle, two modes of pairing are supported:

Locked Pairing Mode - When a cradle is paired (connected) to the digital scanner (or up to seven digital scanners in Multipoint-to-Point mode), any attempt to connect a different digital scanner, by either scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle or by inserting it into the cradle with the pairing on contacts feature enabled (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>page 9-73), is rejected. The currently connected digital scanner(s) maintain connection. In this mode, you must set a

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Connection Maintenance Interval on page 9-75. Unlocked Pairing Mode - Unlocking works in Point-to-Point mode only. Pair (connect) a new digital scanner to a cradle at any time by either scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle or by inserting it into the cradle with the pairing on contacts feature enabled. This unpairs the previous digital scanner from the cradle. To set the cradle pairing mode, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Unlocked Pairing Mode

(0) Locked Pairing Mode

(1) 71 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Lock Override note Lock Override is applicable in Point-to-Point mode only (does not apply to Multipoint-to-Point mode). In Multipoint-to-Point mode, if seven scanners are connected, the scanners must be disconnected for a new scanner to connect. Lock Override overrides a locked digital scanner base pairing and connects a new digital scanner. To use Lock Override, scan the barcode below, followed by the pairing barcode on the cradle. Lock Override 72 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Pairing Methods Parameter # 545 (SSI # F1h 21h) There are two pairing methods. The default method allows the digital scanner and cradle to pair (connect) when the pairing barcode on the cradle is scanned. A second method pairs the digital scanner and cradle when the digital scanner is inserted in the cradle. To enable this feature, scan Enable Pair On Contacts below. With this feature enabled it is not necessary to scan the pairing barcode on the cradle. If the pairing is successful, a low/high connection beep sequence sounds a few seconds after the digital scanner is placed in the cradle. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 9-46 for other beep sequences. To enable or disable pairing on contacts, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Pair On Contacts

(1) Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect Disable Pair on Contacts

(0) important This feature only applies to hosts capable of a commanded connection; SPP slave and HID BLE hosts do not support this feature. Upon a double trigger press, the scanner attempts to connect to the last known address. This feature differs from auto-reconnect (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 9-64) in that the scanner attempts connection only once and keeps the address even on commanded disconnect. The last known address is only cleared upon a reject or with a new successful connection. The address persists over scanner reboot. note This feature does not interfere with a double trigger press to open/close an iOS keypad in HID mode. 73 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Unpairing disconnects. note When unpairing the digital scanner the host may issue a connection back to the scanner after scanner Unpair the digital scanner from the cradle or PC/host to make the cradle available for pairing with another digital scanner. Scan the barcode below to disconnect the digital scanner from its cradle/PC host. Unpairing Toggle Pairing Parameter # 1322 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ah) If the scanner is configured for Toggle Pairing, scanning the Toggle Pairing barcode a second time will unpair the scanner.

*Toggle Pairing Disable Toggle Pairing Enable Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility Use the STC utility to create a pairing barcode in one step by connecting the Zebra Bluetooth scanner to a phone, tablet, or PC by scanning an STC barcode. The STC utility is available as a standalone utility. Supported operating systems include Windows and Android. For more information, go to www.zebra.com/scantoconnect. Source code is also available for easy app integration. 74 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Connection Maintenance Interval note The Connection Maintenance Interval only applies in locked pairing mode (see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>page 9-71). When a digital scanner disconnects from a cradle due to a Link Supervision Timeout, the digital scanner immediately attempts to reconnect to the cradle for 30 seconds. If the auto-reconnect process fails, it can be restarted by pressing the digital scanner trigger. To guarantee that a disconnected digital scanner can reconnect when it comes back in range, the cradle reserves the connection for that digital scanner for a period of time defined by the Connection Maintenance Interval. If the cradle is supporting the maximum three digital scanners and one digital scanner disconnects, a fourth digital scanner cannot pair to the cradle during this interval. To connect another digital scanner: either wait until the connection maintenance interval expires then scan the PAIR barcode on the cradle with the new digital scanner; or, scan Lock Override (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>page 9-72) with the new digital scanner then scan the PAIR barcode on the cradle. note The cradle stores the remote pairing address of each digital scanner in memory regardless of the digital scanner condition (e.g., discharged battery). When you want to change the digital scanners paired to the cradle, unpair each digital scanner currently connected to the cradle by scanning the

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Unpairing barcode prior and reconnect each appropriate digital scanner by scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle. Considerations The system administrator determines the Connection Maintenance Interval. A shorter interval allows new users to gain access to abandoned connections more quickly, but causes problems if users leave the work area for extended periods. A longer interval allows existing users to leave the work area for longer periods of time, but ties up the system for new users. To avoid this conflict, users who are going off-shift can scan the unpair barcode on<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>page 9-74 to ignore the Connection Maintenance Interval and make the connection immediately available. To set the Connection Maintenance Interval, scan one of the barcodes below.

*Set Interval to 15 Minutes

(0) Set Interval to 60 Minutes

(2) 75 Set Interval to 30 Minutes

(1) Draft v 10 Radio Communications Set Interval to 2 Hours

(3) Connection Maintenance Interval (continued) Set Interval to 8 Hours

(5) Set Interval to 4 Hours

(4) Set Interval to 24 Hours

(6) Set Interval to Forever

(7) Batch Mode Parameter # 544 (SSI # F1h 20h) important Batch mode does not apply to SPP Slave Mode. The digital scanner supports five versions of batch mode. When the digital scanner is configured for any of the batch modes, it attempts to store barcode data (not parameter barcodes) until transmission is initialized, or the maximum number of barcodes are stored. When a barcode is saved successfully, a good decode beep sounds and the LED flashes green. If the digital scanner is unable to store a new barcode, a low/high/low/high out of memory beep sounds. (See page <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>3-1 for all beeper and LED definitions.) 76 Draft v 10 Radio Communications In all modes, calculate the amount of data (number of barcodes) the digital scanner can store as follows:

Number of storable barcodes = 30,720 bytes of memory / (number of characters in the barcode + 3). note If the batch mode selection is changed while there is batched data, the new batch mode takes effect only after all the previously batched data is sent. Modes of Operation barcode. Normal (default) - Do not batch data. The digital scanner attempts to transmit every scanned Out of Range Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when it loses its connection to a remote device (for example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks out of range). Data transmission is triggered by reestablishing the connection with the remote device (for example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks back into range). note Do not use Out of Range Batch Mode together with the

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 9-64. Decode data scanned will be batched and will not cause the scanner to reconnect. Standard Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data after Enter Batch Mode is scanned. Data transmission is triggered by scanning Send Batch Data. note Transmission is halted if the connection to the remote device is lost. Cradle Contact Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when Enter Batch Mode is scanned. Data transmission is triggered by insertion of the digital scanner into the cradle. note If the digital scanner is removed from the cradle during batch data transfer, transmission halts until the digital scanner is re-inserted in the cradle. Cable Batch Mode - Use scanner with a battery to store data to non-volatile memory. Data will be sent out when the scanner is connected to the PC via USB cable. note FIPS mode must be disabled and persistent batch mode must be enabled for the feature to work. In all modes, transmissions are halted if the digital scanner is moved out of range. The digital scanner resumes when it is back in range. If a barcode is scanned while batch data is transmitted it is appended to the end of the batched data; parameter barcodes are not stored. 77 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Out of Range Batch Mode

(01h)

*Normal

(00h) Standard Batch Mode

(02h) Batch Mode (continued) 78 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Cradle Contact Batch Mode

(03h) Send Batch Data Enter Batch Mode Cable Batch Mode 79 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Persistent Batch Storage Parameter #1399 (F8h 05h 77h) When the scanner is configured for Persistent Batch Storage, batch data is stored in non-volatile memory and preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down. This parameter is Disabled by default. note Frequently storing batch data with this setting Enabled will shorten the life of the non-volatile memory.

* Persistent Batch Disable

(0) Persistent Batch Enable

(1) Page Button Parameter # 746 (SSI # F1h EAh) The cradle offers a page button. The page button is a sensor that when touched, causes paired scanners to emit a beeping sequence. The default is Enable Page Button. 1. Place your finger over the button sensor

. 2. Press down for approximately 1 second. 3. The cradle LED will turn blue when the scanner is out of the cradle. The paired scanner will beep, blink, and vibrate. If multiple scanners are paired to the cradle, all the scanners will beep, blink, and vibrate. 4. Repeat as necessary. note Scanners out of radio range will not beep when paged. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Technical Specifications on page 4-10 for detailed radio range information. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this feature. 80 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Disable Page Button

(0)

*Enable Page Button

(1) 81 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Page Options Page Mode To select a page option, select one of the barcodes below. Parameter # 1364 (SSI # F8h 05h 54h) Page State - In this mode, the cradle sends a page state request to each scanner. It remains in Page State indication until every scanner sends an acknowledgment. The scanner enters Page State when the LED indicator is blinking blue and the vibrator and beeper is activated. When the trigger is pressed, or the scanner is inserted into the cradle, or the requested timeout (default is 30 sec) is reached, the scanner sends the acknowledgment to the cradle and returns to its normal state. Page Simple - In this mode, the cradle sends a page indication request to each scanner, and returns to idle state. Each scanner issues a single Page State indication. Page State Page State Timeout Parameter # 1365 (SSI # F8h 05h 55h)

*Page Simple Page timeout is programmable in 1 second increments from 1 to 99 seconds. The default timeout is 30 seconds. note Page State Timeout only applies to Page State Mode. To set a page timeout:

1. Scan the Page Timeout barcode below. 2. Scan two numeric barcodes from <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Numeric Barcodes on page G-1 that correspond to the desired timeout duration. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for a 5 second page timeout, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode). To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. The Page State Timeout default is 30 seconds. 82 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Page Timeout 83 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode Parameter # 1355 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Bh) Set up cradle to accept only Bluetooth Classic both Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy connections or Low Energy Only connections. note All Bluetooth Classic connections must be terminated before the setting can change to Low Energy Only. All Low Energy connections must be terminated before setting can change to Bluetooth Classic Only.

* Bluetooth Classic Only Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy Low Energy Only Bluetooth Security The digital scanner supports Bluetooth Authentication. Authentication can be requested by either the remote device or the digital scanner. note A remote device can still request Authentication. 84 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Bluetooth Security Levels Parameter # 1393 (SSI # F8h 05h 71h) Low Bluetooth Security - The low security setting is designed for ease of connection with most devices. This setting may be unacceptable to some devices. If connection fails, try re-connecting after increasing security setting on the scanner. If connecting to Bluetooth 2.1 device and above, Just Works method for secure and simple pairing is used. note Data is encrypted using the Low Bluetooth security setting if connected to a Bluetooth 2.1 and above device. Medium Bluetooth Security - The medium security setting may require a passkey for the initial connection to pair scanner and device. If connecting to Bluetooth 2.1 device and above, Passkey Entry method for secure and simple pairing is used. High Bluetooth Security - The high security setting enables Man in the Middle protection for Bluetooth 2.1 and above. Not all devices are able to support this mode. Medium Bluetooth Security

*Low Bluetooth Security High Bluetooth Security 85 Draft v 10 Radio Communications Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation The CS6080 digital scanner has a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio which achieves a range of at least 100 m / 330 ft. (open air, line of sight). The actual range you achieve is influenced by the presence of other radios, shelving and wall materials as well as which cradle is tested. The environments vary widely and often influence radio ranges. When the digital scanner goes out of communications range to the base, it can be configured for Batch Mode (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Batch Mode on page 9-76). The digital scanner has sufficient onboard memory to store 500 barcodes of typical size (UPC/EAN). Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner Perform the following steps on each device to establish a link. HID Keyboard Emulation on page 9-48. 1. On the CS6080, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation 2. On an iOS/iPad/iPhone, select Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth On. Choose the CS6080 digital scanner from the list of discovered devices. A link should be established allowing scanning into any application with keyboard entry. 3. On an Android/ET1/Droid, select Settings > Wireless & networks > Bluetooth (to turn Bluetooth on, if not already on). Select Bluetooth Settings and choose the CS6080 digital scanner from the list of discovered devices. (The CS6080 digital scanner normally displays as CS6080 - xxxxxx, where xxxxxx is the serial number.) important Android devices, specifically the ET1, may require you to scan a PIN to connect. If so, a PIN displays on the device. To enter the required PIN, scan the barcode, Variable PIN Code (1) on page 5-40 then re-attempt connection. When a beep sounds, indicating the scanner is waiting for PIN entry, scan the PIN using the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Numeric Barcodes on page G-1. Incorrect scanned entries can be deleted by scanning <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. For more information, read the section Variable PIN Code on page 5-40. 86 Draft v 10 User Preferences Introduction You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 10-6 on page 10-88

(also see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary. To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down. note Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. If not using a USB cable, select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host. To return all features to default values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 10-95. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks indicate (*) default values.

* Indicates Default

*High Volume Feature/Option

(0) Option Value 87 Draft v 10 User Preferences Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to high, scan the High Frequency (beeper tone) barcode listed under <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Beeper Tone on page 10-100. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters, such as Serial Response Time-Out or Data Transmission Formats, require scanning several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. User Preferences Parameter Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 10-6 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. To change the default values:

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 10-95. Configure the digital scanner using the 123Scan configuration program (see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 17, 123Scan and Software Tools). note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults Parameter Barcode Scanning 236 ECh Enable Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-95

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-96

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-96 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. 88 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Beep on <BEL>

150 96 Enable Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium Beeper Duration 628 F1h 74h Medium Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 F1h D1h Do Not Suppress Decode Pager Motor 613 F1h 65h Enable Decode Pager Motor Duration 626 F1h 72h 150 msec Night Mode Trigger (CS6080-HC Only) 1215 F8h 04h BFh Disable Night Mode Toggle (CS6080-HC Only) N/A N/A N/A Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch 1251 F8h 04h E3h Enable 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. 89 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-97

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-98

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-99

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-100

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-101

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-101

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-102

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-102

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-104

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-105 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Page Number Click on Button Touch Lamp Mode Control 1252 1711 F8h 04h E4h Enable F8h 06h AFh Disable - for SR Models Lamp Mode Timeout 1712 F8h 06h B0h 5 Minutes Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning - for HC models Low Power Mode 128 80h Enable Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 5 sec Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim 729 F1h D9h 15 sec Battery Preservation Mode 1765 F8h 06h E5h Enable Hand-Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Level Hands-Free Mode 630 F1h 76h Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern 306 F0h 32h Enable 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. 90

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-108

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-108

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-109

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-109

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-112

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-113

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-114

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-115

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-115 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming Pattern 590 F1h 4Eh Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern Picklist Mode 402 F0h 92h Disabled Always FIPS Mode 736 F1h E0h Disable Continuous Barcode Read 649 F1h 89h Disable Unique Barcode Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9.9 sec Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout 400 F0h 90h 15 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 137 89h 0.5 sec Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols 144 90h 0.1 sec Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol 724 F1 D4 Disable 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. 91 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-117

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-118

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-119

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-119

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-120

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-120

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-122

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-123

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-123

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-124 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) 537 F1h 19h Auto Mobile Phone/Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 F1h D0h 200 ms Presentation Mode Field of View 609 F1h 61h Full Decoding Illumination 298 F0h 2Ah Enable Illumination Brightness 669 F1h 9Dh High Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858 F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-125

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-126

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-127

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-127

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-128

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-129

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-129

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-130 92 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Add an Enter Key N/A N/A N/A Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None Prefix Value 99, 105 63h, 69h 7013 <CR><LF>

Suffix 1 Value Suffix 2 Value 98, 104 100, 106 62h, 68h 64h, 6Ah 7013 <CR><LF>

Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data as is FN1 Substitution Values 103, 109 67h, 6Dh 7013 <CR><LF>

Transmit No Read Message 94 5Eh Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h 5Eh Disable securPharm Decoding 1752 F8h 06h D8h Disable 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-130

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-130

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-131

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-131

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-132

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-134

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-135

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-136

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-137 93 Draft v 10 User Preferences Table 10-6 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default securPharm Output Formatting 1753 F8h 06h D9h No Formatting Programmable Button for Single Press 2060 F8h 08h 0Ch Apple Show/Hide Keypad 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands. 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands. Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-138

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>1 0-138 94 Draft v 10 User Preferences Parameters Default Parameters The digital scanner can be reset to two types of defaults: factory defaults or custom defaults. Scan the appropriate barcode below to reset the digital scanner to its default settings and/or set the digital scanner current settings as the custom default. Restore Defaults - Resets all default parameters as follows:

If custom default values were configured (see Write to Custom Defaults), the custom default values are set for all parameters each time the Restore Defaults barcode below is scanned. If no custom default values were configured, the factory default values are set for all parameters each time the Restore Defaults barcode below is scanned. (For factory default values, see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults.) Set Factory Defaults - Scan the Set Factory Defaults barcode below to eliminate all custom default values and set the digital scanner to factory default values (For factory default values, see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults). Write to Custom Defaults - Custom default parameters can be configured to set unique default values for all parameters. After changing all parameters to the desired default values, scan the Write to Custom Defaults barcode below to configure custom defaults.

*Restore Defaults Write to Custom Defaults Set Factory Defaults 95 Draft v 10 User Preferences Parameter Barcode Scanning Parameter # 236 (SSI # ECh) To disable the decoding of parameter barcodes, including the Set Defaults parameter barcodes, scan the Disable Parameter Scanning barcode below. To enable decoding of parameter barcode, scan Enable Parameter Scanning.

*Enable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(1) Disable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(0) Beep After Good Decode Parameter # 56 (SSI # 38h) Scan a barcode below to select whether or not the digital scanner beeps after a good decode. If selecting Do Not Beep After Good Decode, the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions.

*Beep After Good Decode (Enable)

(1) Do Not Beep After Good Decode (Disable)

(0) 96 Draft v 10 User Preferences Beep on <BEL>

Parameter # 150 (SSI # 96h) note This parameter only applies to Bluetooth SPP (Serial Port Profile) and USB CDC Host. In Multipoint-to-Point mode only, the scanner that beeped last sounds Beep on <BEL>. If you enable this parameter, the digital scanner issues a beep when it detects a <BEL> character. <BEL>

indicates an illegal entry or other important event.

*Beep on <BEL> Enable Beep on <BEL> Disable 97 Draft v 10 User Preferences Direct Decode Indicator Parameter # 859 (SSI # F2h 5Bh) This feature is only supported in Auto Aim and Standard (Level) trigger modes. Scan a barcode below to select optional blinking of the illumination on a successful decode Disable Direct Decode Indicator - illumination does not blink on a successful decode. 1 Blink - illumination blinks once upon a successful decode. 2 Blinks - illumination blinks twice upon a successful decode.

*Disable Direct Decode Indicator

(0) 2 Blinks

(2) 1 Blink

(1) 98 Draft v 10 User Preferences Beeper Volume Parameter # 140 (SSI # 8Ch) To select a beeper volume, scan the Low Volume, Medium Volume, or High Volume barcode. Low Volume

(2)

*High Volume

(0) Medium Volume

(1) 99 Draft v 10 User Preferences Beeper Tone Parameter # 145 (SSI # 91h) To select a beeper tone, scan one of the following barcodes. Off

(3)

* Medium Tone

(1) Medium to High Tone (2-tone)

(4) Low Tone

(2) High Tone

(0) 100 Draft v 10 User Preferences Beeper Duration Parameter # 628 (SSI # F1h 74h) To select the duration for the beeper, scan one of the following barcodes. Short

(0) Long

(2)

* Medium

(1) Suppress Power Up Beeps Parameter # 721 (SSI # F1h D1h) Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to suppress the digital scanner power-up beeps.

*Do Not Suppress Power Up Beeps

(0) Suppress Power Up Beeps

(1) 101 Draft v 10 User Preferences Decode Pager Motor Parameter # 613 (SSI # F1h 65h) The scanner includes a pager motor which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner for a period of time when a successful decode occurs. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the pager motor. If enabled, scan the appropriate barcode to set the period of time in which to vibrate the scanner (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Pager Motor Duration below). Pager Motor Disable

(0) Decode Pager Motor Duration Parameter # 626 (SSI # F1h 72h)

*150 msec

(15)

*Pager Motor Enable

(1) 200 msec

(20) 102 Draft v 10 User Preferences Decode Pager Motor Duration (continued) 250 msec

(25) 400 msec

(40) 600 msec

(60) 300 msec

(30) 500 msec

(50) 750 msec

(75) 103 Draft v 10 User Preferences Night Mode (CS6080-HC Only) Parameter # 1215 (SSI # F8h 04h BFh) The Night Mode feature allows the user to easily switch to a quiet mode in order to use the pager motor with the beeper off. Enter and exit Night Mode in one of two ways:

Scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Enable Night Mode Trigger (1) on page 10-105 and use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode. Scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Toggle Night Mode on page 10-105 to enter or exit Night Mode, regardless of the state of the Night Mode Trigger parameter. Entering Night Mode:

Enables Decode Pager Motor (HC units only). Disables Beep After Good Decode. Disables Beep on Insertion. LED and vibrate features remain enabled). Disables the Bluetooth disconnect beep. Vibrates the pager motor (HC units only). Exiting Night Mode:

Disables the page beep if the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Page Button on page 5-36 is enabled (the Returns the scanner to the previously programmed states for the parameter changes above. For example, if Beep After Good Decode was enabled before entering Night Mode, it returns to enabled upon exiting night mode. Sounds two short beeps. In Night Mode:

Scanning the pairing barcode activates the pager motor (HC units only) instead of the warble beep and, on pairing connection, the pager motor re-activates. Scanning a default parameter barcode exits Night Mode. Removing the scanner battery exits Night Mode. If the scanner loses power due to a dead battery or Battery Off is scanned, the scanner exits Night Mode on the next power up and resumes normal operation. For scanners that do not use a pager motor (non-HC units), scanning any Night Mode or pager motor parameters sounds an error beep. Night Mode Trigger Enable this to use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode. To toggle, point the scanner away from a barcode, press the trigger until the beam goes off, and then continue pressing the trigger for an additional 5 seconds. Note that pressing the trigger an additional 5 seconds after decoding a barcode has no affect. 104 Draft v 10 User Preferences When entering Night Mode, the pager motor vibrates. When exiting Night Mode, the scanner emits two short beeps.

*Disable Night Mode Trigger

(0) Night Mode Toggle To toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode without using the trigger, scan this barcode. This functions regardless of the state of the Night Mode Trigger parameter. When scanning this barcode, the pager motor vibrates when entering Night Mode, and the scanner emits 2 short beeps when exiting Night Mode. Enable Night Mode Trigger

(1) Toggle Night Mode 105 Draft v 10 User Preferences Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch Parameter # 1251 SSI # F8h 04h E3h The scanner provides haptic feedback which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner upon a button touch. Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this parameter.

*Enable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(1)

*Enable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(1) Disable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(0) Disable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(0) 106 Draft v 10 User Preferences Click on Button Touch Parameter # 1252 SSI # F8h 04h E4 Enable Click on Button Touch

(1) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable a click upon a button touch. Enable Click on Button Touch

(1)

*Disable Click on Button Touch

(0)

*Disable Click on Button Touch

(0) Lamp Mode Lamp Mode uses the scanner to illuminate the workspace around the scanner by providing continuous illumination on demand. Lamp Mode is intended to operate while the scanner is docked in the presentation cradle (CR6080-PC). Lamp Mode may be enabled or disabled. Once enabled, Lamp Mode is activated or 107 Draft v 10 User Preferences deactivated by pressing the page button on the presentation cradle. Lamp Mode may be enabled with the option to allow barcode scanning, or not. Lamp Mode Control Parameter #1711 (SSI # F8h 06h AFh) This parameter enables or disables the Lamp Mode feature. note The default value for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning. The default value for SR/DL configurations of the scanner is Disable Lamp Mode. Enable Lamp Mode with Scanning

(1)

*Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning

(2)

(default for HC models)

*Disable Lamp Mode

(0)

(default for SR models) Lamp Mode Timeout Parameter #1712 (SSI # F8h 06h B0h) This parameter controls how long the lamp remains on for when Lamp Mode is enabled. 108 Draft v 10 User Preferences 1 Minute

(1)

*5 Minutes

(5) Low Power Mode Parameter # 128 (SSI # 80h) This parameter determines whether or not the digital scanner enters low power mode after a decode attempt. If disabled, power remains on after each decode attempt. Disable Low Power Mode

(0)

* Enable Low Power Mode

(1) Time Delay to Low Power Mode Parameter # 146 (SSI # 92h) note This parameter only applies when Low Power Mode is enabled. This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remains active before entering low power mode. The digital scanner wakes upon trigger press or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner. 109 Draft v 10 1 Second

(17) Time Delay to Low Power Mode (continued) 100 msec

(65) 3 sec

(19)

* 5 sec

(21) User Preferences 500 msec

(69) 2 sec

(18) 4 sec

(20) 110 Draft v 10 User Preferences 10 sec

(26) 15 sec

(27) 111 Draft v 10 User Preferences Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim Parameter # 729 (SSI # F1 D9) This parameter sets the time the scanner remains in auto aim before entering Low Power Mode. Disabled

(0)

* 15 sec

(11) 1 minute

(17) 5 sec

(5) 30 sec

(13) 112 Draft v 10 User Preferences Battery Preservation Mode Parameter # 1765 (SSI # F8h 06h E5h) Battery Preservation Mode preserves the battery charge when the digital scanner is not being used for an extended period of time. Scan Enable Battery Preservation Mode to internally disconnect the battery from the digital scanner when the digital scanner is unused and not being charged for nine hours 1. In this mode the scanner completely turns off. This preserves the battery charge as there is no current drain on the battery and significantly extends battery shelf life. To exit Battery Preservation Mode 2 and return to normal operation either press the digital scanner trigger or return to charging. The digital scanner cannot scan until the wake up process is complete 3. This takes a few seconds. The amount of time before the battery disconnects from the scanner can be set via Battery Preservation Timeout Value below. notes 1 Nine hours is the default timeout value but can be changed via Battery Preservation Timeout Value. 2 Low Power Mode (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>10-109) must be enabled for Battery Preservation Mode to take effect. 3 When asleep in Battery Preservation Mode, the digital scanner cannot be accessed for remote management. To return back to normal operation, insert the scanner back into the cradle to complete the wake up process. Scan Disable Battery Preservation Mode to keep the battery connected to the digital scanner at all times. This prevents the battery from being disconnected from the scanner after hours of sitting idle

(no scanning) and not charging. When Battery Preservation Mode is disabled, substantial battery shelf life improvements are not gained as compared to when Battery Preservation Mode is enabled. Scan Battery Preservation Timeout followed by 3 digits in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes to select a different battery preservation timeout value (the default for battery preservation timeout is nine hours). For example, if the preservation timeout value should be 12 hours, scan Battery Preservation Timeout below, then scan 0, 1, and 2 in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page G-1.

*Enable Battery Preservation Mode

(9) Battery Preservation Timeout Value 113 Disable Battery Preservation Mode

(0) Draft v 10 User Preferences Hand-Held Trigger Mode Parameter # 138 (SSI # 8Ah) Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital scanner. Standard (Level) - A trigger press activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the barcode decodes, you release the trigger, or the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Session Timeout on page 10-120 occurs. Presentation (Blink) - The digital scanner activates decode processing when it detects a barcode in its field of view. After a period of non-use, the digital scanner enters a low power mode, in which the LEDs turn off until the digital scanner senses motion. Auto Aim - This trigger mode projects the aiming dot when you lift the digital scanner. A trigger press activates decode processing. After 5 seconds of inactivity the aiming dot shuts off.

*Level (Standard)

(0) Auto Aim

(9) Presentation (Blink)

(7) 114 Draft v 10 User Preferences Hands-Free Mode Parameter # 630 (SSI # F1h 76h) In hands-free mode, when you place the CS6080 in the presentation cradle, it automatically triggers when presented with a barcode. Lifting the digital scanner causes it to behave according to the setting of the

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 10-114. If you select Disable Hands-Free Mode, the digital scanner behaves according to the setting of the

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 10-114 regardless of whether the CS6080 is in the presentation cradle.

*Enable Hands-Free Mode

(1) Disable Hands-Free Mode

(0) Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern Parameter # 306 (SSI # F0h 32h) Select Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during barcode capture, Disable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off, or Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode. note With <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Picklist Mode on page 10-118 enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled. 115 Draft v 10 User Preferences

*Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(2)

(3) Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF Disable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(0) 116 Draft v 10 User Preferences Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern Parameter # 590 (SSI # F1h 4Eh) Select Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during barcode capture, Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off, or Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode. note With <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Picklist Mode on page 10-118 enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled. Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(1)

(2) Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF

*Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(0) 117 Draft v 10 User Preferences Picklist Mode Parameter # 402 (SSI # F0h 92h) Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Picklist Mode. In this mode, you can pick out and decode a barcode from a group of barcodes that are printed close together by placing the aiming pattern on the barcode you want to decode. note Enabling Picklist Mode overrides the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern options. You can not disable the decode aiming pattern when Picklist Mode is enabled. Enabling Picklist Mode can slow decode speed and hinder the ability to decode longer barcodes. Enable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always enabled. Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is out of hands-free mode and disabled when the scanner is in presentation mode. Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is in hands-free mode only. Disable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always disabled. Enable Picklist Mode Always

(2) Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode

(3) Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode

(1)

*Disable Picklist Mode Always

(0) 118 Draft v 10 User Preferences FIPS Mode Parameter # 736 (SSI # F1h E0h) The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 is a U.S. government computer security standard used to accredit cryptographic modules. FIPS enabled scanners and cradles offer this secure mode of operation. To enable the FIPS mode of operation (disabled by default), scan the Enable FIPS barcode. The scanner attempts to establish a secure session with the cradle to which it is connected. On success, the scanner lights an amber LED on every trigger press to signal that all data will be transmitted over Bluetooth in a secure fashion. On failure, the scanner will sound transmission failure error message on every attempt to transmit data. To disable the FIPS mode, scan the Disable FIPS barcode at any time. Enable FIPS

(1)

* Disable FIPS

(0) Continuous Barcode Read Parameter # 649 (SSI # F1h 89h) Enable this to report every barcode while the trigger is pressed. note Zebra strongly recommends enabling <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Picklist Mode on page 10-118 with this feature. Disabling Picklist Mode can cause accidental decodes when more than one barcode is in the digital scanner's field of view. 119 Draft v 10 User Preferences

*Disable Continuous Barcode Read

(0) Enable Continuous Barcode Read

(1) Unique Barcode Reporting Parameter # 723 (SSI # F1h D3h) Enable this to report only unique barcodes while the trigger is pressed. This option only applies when Continuous Barcode Read is enabled. Disable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(0) Decode Session Timeout Parameter # 136 (SSI # 88h)

*Enable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(1) This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds. To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the barcode below. Next, scan two numeric barcodes from

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan the barcode below, then scan the 0 and 5 barcodes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. 120 Draft v 10 User Preferences Decode Session Timeout 121 Draft v 10 User Preferences Hands-free Decode Session Timeout Parameter # 400 (SSI # F0h 90h) This parameter is the hands-free compliment to the Decode Session Timeout. It configures the minimum and maximum decode processing time during a hands-free scan attempt. It only applies to the hands-free trigger mode or when a scanner is placed in the Presentation cradle (CR6080-PC). The minimum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when an object is removed or left stationary in the imaging field of view. The maximum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when an object is left in and is moving in the field of view. Both the maximum and minimum times are configured using a single setting. The relationship of this setting is as follows:

Setting Value Minimum Time Maximum Time X < 25 X >= 25 250 ms X * 10 ms X * 100 ms X * 100 ms For example, a setting value of 100 results in the scanner turning off approximately 1 second after an object is removed from the field of view or 10 seconds while an object is in the field of view moving. The default value of the setting is 15 which results in a Minimum time of 250 ms and Maximum time of 1.5 seconds. Adjust this setting based on your requirements. For example, when doing PDF prioritization, this parameter should be set to a value where the maximum time is above the PDF prioritization timeout. Hands-free Decode Session Timeout 122 Draft v 10 User Preferences Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol Parameter # 137 (SSI # 89h) Use this option in Continuous Barcode Read mode to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when a symbol is left in the digital scanner field of view. The barcode must be out of the field of view for the timeout period before the digital scanner reads the same consecutive symbol. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.5 seconds. To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the barcode below, then scan two numeric barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments. Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols Parameter # 144 (SSI # 90h) Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Barcode Read to control the time the digital scanner is inactive between decoding different symbols. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.1 to 9.9 seconds. The default is 0.1 seconds. To select the timeout between decodes for different symbols, scan the barcode below, then scan two numeric barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments. note Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols cannot be greater than or equal to the Decode Session Timeout. Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols 123 Draft v 10 User Preferences Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol Parameter # 724 (SSI # F1 D4) Scan Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol below to apply Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol (parameter #137 on page <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>10-123) in hand-held trigger mode. Subsequent scans of Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol are ignored until Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol expires. notes 1. This feature does not apply to Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols. 2. Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol should not be greater than or equal to the Time Delay to Low Power Mode (parameter #146 on page <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>10-109). Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

* Disable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol 124 Draft v 10 User Preferences Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) Parameter # 537 (SSI # F1h 19h) Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix barcodes:

Always - decode only Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images Never - do not decode Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images Auto - decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix barcodes. Never

(0)

*Auto

(2) Always

(1) 125 Draft v 10 User Preferences Mobile Phone/Display Mode Parameter # 716 (SSI # F1h CCh) This mode improves barcode reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays. Select Enhanced in hand-held, hands-free, or both modes, or select Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode.

*Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode

(0) Enhanced in Hands-Free Mode

(2) Enhanced in Hand-Held Mode

(1) Enhanced in Both Modes

(3) 126 Draft v 10 User Preferences PDF Prioritization Parameter # 719 (SSI # F1h CFh) Enable this feature to delay decoding a 1D barcode (Code 128) by the value specified in

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>PDF Prioritization Timeout. During that time the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol (e.g., on a US driver's license), and if successful, reports this only. If it does not decode (can not find) a PDF417 symbol, it reports the 1D symbol after the timeout. The 1D symbol must be in the device field of view for the digital scanner to report it. This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies.. note The 1D Code 128 barcode lengths include the following:

In addition, a Code 39 barcode with the following lengths are considered to potentially be part of a US drivers license:

7 to 10 characters 14 to 22 characters 27 to 28 characters 8 characters 12 characters

*Disable PDF Prioritization

(0) Enable PDF Prioritization

(1) 127 Draft v 10 User Preferences PDF Prioritization Timeout Parameter # 720 (SSI # F1h D0h) note Hands-free <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Session Timeout on page 10-120 should be set to a longer duration than Prioritization Timeout when configured. When <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>PDF Prioritization is enabled, this timeout specifies how long the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol before reporting the 1D barcode in the field of view. Scan the following barcode, then scan four digits from<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes that specify the timeout in milliseconds. For example, to enter 400 ms, scan the following barcode, then scan 0400. The range is 0 to 5000 ms, and the default is 200 ms. PDF Prioritization Timeout Presentation Mode Field of View Parameter # 609 (SSI # F1h 61h) In presentation mode, by default the digital scanner searches the larger area of the aiming pattern (Full Field of View). To search for a barcode in a smaller region around the aiming dot center in order to speed search time, select Small Field of View or Medium Field of View. Small Field of View

(0)

*Full Field of View

(2) 128 Medium Field of View

(1) Draft v 10 User Preferences Decoding Illumination Parameter # 298 (SSI # F0h 2Ah) Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to aid decoding. Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumination. Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

*Enable Decoding Illumination

(1) Disable Decoding Illumination

(0) Illumination Brightness Parameter # 669 (SSI # F1h 9Dh) Scan one of the following barcodes to set the illumination brightness used during an active decode session. This only applies in hand-held mode (not in presentation mode). note Selecting a lower brightness level can affect decode performance. Low Illumination Brightness

(0)

*High Illumination Brightness

(7) 129 Medium Illumination Brightness

(3) Draft v 10 User Preferences Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only) Parameter # 858 (SSI # F2h 5Ah) Less Motion Tolerance provides optimal decoding performance on 1D barcodes. To increase motion tolerance and speed decoding when scanning a series of 1D barcodes in rapid progression, scan More Motion Tolerance.

*Less Motion Tolerance

(0) More Motion Tolerance

(1) Add an Enter Key To add an Enter key (carriage return/line feed) after scanned data, scan the following barcode. To program other prefixes and/or suffixes, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Prefix/Suffix Values on page 10-131. Add Enter Key (Carriage Return/Line Feed) Transmit Code ID Character Parameter # 45 (SSI # 2Dh) A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned barcode. This is useful when decoding more than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix already selected, the Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol. Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID characters, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Symbol Code Identifiers on page E-1 and

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Programming Reference on page E-1. note If you enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character, and enable

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Transmit No Read Message on page 10-135, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message. 130 Draft v 10 User Preferences Transmit Code ID Character (continued) Symbol Code ID Character

(2) AIM Code ID Character

(1)

*None

(0) Prefix/Suffix Values Key Category Parameter # P = 99, S1 = 98, S2 = 100 (SSI # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2

= 64h) Decimal Value Parameter # P = 105, S1 = 104, S2 = 106 (SSI # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah) You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for a prefix or suffix, scan a four-digit number (i.e., four barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes) that corresponds to that value. See<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix I, ASCII Character Sets for the four-digit codes. When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit decimal value. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix I, ASCII Character Sets for the four-digit codes. The default prefix and suffix value is 7013 <CR><LF> (the Enter key). To correct an error or change a selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. note To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Scan Data Transmission Format on page 10-132. 131 Draft v 10 User Preferences Scan Prefix

(7) Scan Suffix 2

(8) Scan Suffix 1

(6) Data Format Cancel Scan Data Transmission Format Parameter # 235 (SSI # EBh) To change the scan data format, scan one of the following eight barcodes corresponding to the desired format. note If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix. 132 Draft v 10 User Preferences To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Prefix/Suffix Values on page 10-131.

*Data As Is

(0)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(2)

<PREFIX> <DATA >

(4)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(1)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(3) 133 Draft v 10 User Preferences Scan Data Transmission Format (continued)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(5)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(6)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(7) FN1 Substitution Values Key Category Parameter # 103 (SSI # 67h) Decimal Value Parameter # 109 (SSI # 6Dh) The wedge and USB HID keyboard hosts support a FN1 Substitution feature. Enabling this substitutes any FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 barcode with a value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter Key). When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired value. To select a FN1 substitution value via barcode menus:

1. Scan the barcode below. 2. Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface. Enter the 4-digit ASCII Value by scanning each digit in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. Set FN1 Substitution Value 134 Draft v 10 User Preferences To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel. To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard, scan the Enable FN1 Substitution barcode on page

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>8-9. Transmit No Read Message Parameter # 94 (SSI # 5Eh) Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Enable this to transmit the characters NR when a successful decode does not occur before trigger release or the Decode Session Timeout expires. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode Session Timeout on page 10-120. Disable this to send nothing to the host if a symbol does not decode. note If you enable Transmit No Read, and also enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character for <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Transmit Code ID Character on page 10-130, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message. Enable No Read

(1)

*Disable No Read

(0) 135 Draft v 10 User Preferences Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval Parameter # 1118 (SSI # F8h 04h 5Eh) The imager supports sending Unsolicited Heartbeat Messages to assist in diagnostics. To enable this feature and set the desired unsolicited heartbeat interval, scan one of the time interval barcodes below, or scan Set Another Interval followed by four numeric barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes (scan sequential numbers that correspond to the desired number of seconds). Scan Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval to turn off the feature. The heartbeat event is sent as decode data (with no decode beep) in the form of:

MOTEVTHB:nnn where nnn is a three-digit sequence number starting at 001 and wrapping after 100. 10 seconds

(10) Set Another Interval 1 minute

(60)

*Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

(0) 136 Draft v 10 User Preferences securPharm Decoding Parameter # 1752 (SSI # F8h 06h D8h) securPharm decoding implements the IFA and GS1 Coding System for the European pharmaceutical industry. securPharm code is used to prevent pharmaceutical counterfeiting. When this feature is enabled, if a GS1 symbol is decoded and includes any aspects of the Application Identifier associated with the securPharm GS1 specifications, the entire GS1 symbol is processed as a securPharm symbol. For this reason, it is expected that under certain circumstances, a GS1 barcodes that is a securPharm symbol may not be processed properly; if the GS1 symbol is not created as per the specification. The output cannot be guaranteed as valid. Although the GS1-128 type and the GS1 DataBar family are not specifically indicated in the IFA specification, they are supported. The securPharm output is in XML format and can include the product number, serial number, lot number, expiration and Date of Manufacturing. The XML tags can be arranged in any order. Tags that are not in the barcode are omitted. For example:

<content dfi=value_dfi>

<Daten_1>value_Daten_1</Daten_1>

<Daten_2>value_Daten_2</Daten_2>

<Daten_n>value_Daten_n</Daten_n>

</content>

Where:

value_dfi = IFA or GS1 Daten_1 to Daten_n is the production number, serial number, etc. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the ability to process pharmaceutical type barcodes.

*Disable securPharm Decoding

(0) Enable securPharm Decoding

(1) 137 Draft v 10 User Preferences securPharm Output Formatting Parameter # 1753 (SSI # F8h 06h D9h) note securPharm Output Formatting is effective only when <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>securPharm Decoding on page 10-137 is enabled. securPharm Output Formatting parameter options represent bit positions. Therefore, any combination of formatting can be used. When you scan a securPharm Output Formatting barcode, the securPharm output is formatted in a number of ways. Sample GS1 Format Product Number: GTIN Data Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: GS1 Data Carrier FNC104150123456782 101A234B5FNC1 1717231 211234567890123456

<content dfi="GS1">

> Scanned Barcode >

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<exp>151231</exp>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled The output has no format:

Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0) The output is a single line of characters:

0104150123456782101A234B517151231211234567890123456

<content dfi="GS1"><gtin>04150123456782</gtin><lot>1A234B5</lot><exp>151231</exp><sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1) The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:

<content dfi="GS1">[tab]<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>[tab]<lot>1A234B5</lot>[tab]<exp>151231</exp>[tab]<sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2) The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="GS1">

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<exp>151231</exp>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

138 Draft v 10 User Preferences Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3) The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="GS1">

[tab] <gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

[tab] <lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab] <exp>151231</exp>

[tab] <sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample IFA Format Product Number: PPN Data Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: IFA Data Carrier Mac069N11123456782Gs 1T1A234B5Gs D151231Gs S1234567890123456

> Scanned Barcode >

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<content dfi="IFA">

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled The output has no format:

[)>069N1112345678421T1A234B5S1234567890123456 Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0) The output is a single line of characters:

<content dfi="IFA"><ppn>111234567842</ppn><lot>1A234B5</lot><sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1) The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:

<content dfi="IFA">[tab]<ppn>111234567842</ppn>[tab]<lot>1A234B5</lot>[tab]<sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2) The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="IFA">

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

139 Draft v 10 User Preferences Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3) The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="IFA">

[tab] <ppn>111234567842</ppn>

[tab] <lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab] <sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes Scan a barcode below to format the securPharm output.

*No Formatting

(0) Insert New Line

(2) Insert Tab

(1) Insert Tab and New Line

(3) 140 Draft v 10 User Preferences Programmable Button for Single Press Parameter # 2060 (SSI # F8h 08h 0Ch) The programmable button can be configured for the options below. In all modes, double click causes a Bluetooth disconnect (double click the Scan button to start reconnection to the last known Bluetooth address). note Apple features must be enabled beforehand for show/hide keyboard feature to work.

* Apple Show/Hide Keypad

() Lamp Mode

() Programmable Trigger

() 141 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Introduction You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. note Only the Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging interface supports image capture. See

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>USB Device Type on page 8-4 to enable this host. The digital scanner ships with the settings in <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 11-143 (also see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary. To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital scanner. note Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. To return all features to default values, scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Set Factory Defaults on page 6-5. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default

*Enable Image Capture Illumination

(2) Feature/Option Option Value 142 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to disable image capture illumination, scan the Disable Image Capture Illumination barcode under

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Image Capture Illumination on page 11-147. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 11-7 lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters. To change the default values, scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>*Restore Defaults on page 6-5. note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 11-7 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Imaging Preferences Operational Modes N/A N/A N/A Image Capture Illumination 361 F0h 69h Enable Image Capture Autoexposure 360 F0h 68h Enable Fixed Exposure 567 F4h F1h 37h 100 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-146

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-147

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-147

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-148 143 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Table 11-7 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode 562 F1h 32h Autodetect Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 F0h 2Ch Enable Silence Operational Mode Changes 1293 F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence) Image Cropping 301 F0h 2Dh Disable Crop to Pixel Addresses Image Size (Number of Pixels) F0h 2Eh Full 315 316 317 318 302 F4h F0h 3Bh F4h F0h 3Ch F4h F0h 3Dh F4h F0h 3Eh 0 top 0 left 959 bottom 1279 right Image Brightness (Target White) 390 F0h 86h 180 JPEG Image Options 299 F0h 2Bh Quality JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB 144 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-148

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-149

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-150

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-151

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-151

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-152

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-152

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-154

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-154

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-155

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-155 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Table 11-7 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number JPEG Quality and Size Value 305 F0h 31h 65 Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low (1) Image File Format Selector 304 F0h 30h JPEG Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 Bits per Pixel (BPP) 303 F0h 2Fh 8 BPP Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable Signature Capture Image File Format Selector 313 F0h 39h JPEG Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) 314 F0h 3Ah 8 BPP Signature Capture Width 366 F4h F0h 6Eh 400 Signature Capture Height 367 F4h F0h 6Fh 100 Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 F0h A5h 65 145 Page Number

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-156

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-156

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-157

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-159

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-159

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-160

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-161

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-162

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-162

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-163

<em_Em phasis><

bl_blue>

11-163 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Table 11-7 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Page Number Video View Finder F0h 44h Disable Video View Finder Image Size F0h 49h 1700 Bytes Parameter Number 324 329 Imaging Preferences The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics. Image capture occurs in all modes of operation, including decode and snapshot. Operational Modes The digital scanner has three modes of operation:

Decode Mode Snapshot Mode. Decode Mode Snapshot Mode By default, when you press the trigger the digital scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled barcodes within its field of view. The digital scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a barcode or you release the trigger. Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. To temporarily enter this mode scan the Snapshot Mode barcode. While in this mode the digital scanner blinks the green LED at 1-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode. In Snapshot Mode, the digital scanner turns on its aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the image. The next trigger press instructs the digital scanner to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host. A short time may pass (less than 2 seconds) between when the trigger is pressed and the image is captured as the digital scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions. Hold the digital scanner steady until the image is captured, denoted by a single beep. If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the digital scanner returns to Decode Mode. Use <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 11-150 to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout period is 30 seconds. To disable the aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Snapshot Aiming Pattern on page 11-151. Snapshot Mode 146 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Image Capture Illumination Parameter # 361 (SSI # F0h 69h) Selecting Enable Image Capture Illumination causes illumination to turn on during every image capture. Disable illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using illumination. Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

*Enable Image Capture Illumination

(1) Disable Image Capture Illumination

(0) Image Capture Autoexposure Parameter # 360 (SSI # F0h 68h) Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the digital scanner to control gain settings and exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode. Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time (see the following pages). This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture situations.

*Enable Image Capture Autoexposure

(1) Disable Image Capture Autoexposure

(0) 147 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Fixed Exposure Parameter # 567 (SSI # F4h F1h 37h) Type: Word Range: 5 to 30,000 This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for Snapshot mode. Each integer value represents 100 s worth of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an exposure setting of 10 ms. To set the Fixed Exposure parameter, scan Fixed Exposure followed by four numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99, scan 0, 0, 9, 9. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes. Fixed Exposure

(4 digits) Fixed Gain Parameter # 568 (SSI # F1h 38h) Type: Byte Range 1 - 100 This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for Snapshot modes. A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture. A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain is used for image capture. The default value of this parameter is 50. To set the Fixed Gain parameter, scan Fixed Gain below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Gain value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes. Fixed Gain 148 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode Parameter # 562 (SSI # F1h 32h) This parameter alters the digital scanner gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in Snapshot Mode in auto exposure mode. Scan Low Exposure Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors higher gain over exposure to capture an image. This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the expense of noise artifacts. However, for most applications, the amount of noise is acceptable. Scan Low Gain Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors longer exposure time rather than higher gain to capture an image. This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces fewer artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement (sharpening). The mode is recommended for fixed mount / fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to motion blur. Scan Autodetect (default) to set a mode in which the digital scanner automatically selects Gain Priority or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode. If the digital scanner is in a magnetic reed switch enabled stand (or it is configured in Blink Mode), it uses Low Gain Priority mode. Otherwise, it uses the Low Exposure Priority mode. Low Gain Priority

(0)

* Autodetect

(2) Low Exposure Priority

(1) 149 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Snapshot Mode Timeout Parameter # 323 (SSI # F0h 43h) This parameter sets the amount of time the imager remains in Snapshot Mode. The imager exits Snapshot Mode when you press the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses. To set this timeout value, scan the Set Snapshot Mode Timeout barcode, and then scan a barcode from

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 0 = 30 seconds, 1 = 60 seconds, 2 = 90 seconds, etc. The maximum timeout value that can be set on the scanner is 9 = 300 seconds. To quickly re-set the default timeout to 30 seconds, scan the 30 Seconds barcode. If you scan No Timeout, the imager remains in Snapshot Mode until you press the trigger. Set Snapshot Mode Timeout No Timeout

*30 Seconds 150 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Snapshot Aiming Pattern Parameter # 300 (SSI # F0h 2Ch) Select Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode, or Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off.

*Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(1) Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(0) Silence Operational Mode Changes Parameter # 1293 (SSI # F8h 05h 0Dh) Enable this feature to silence the beeper when switching between operational modes (e.g., from Decode Mode to Snapshot Mode). Silence Operational Mode Changes (Enable)

(1)

*Do Not Silence Operational Mode Changes (Disable)

(0) 151 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Image Cropping Parameter # 301 (SSI # F0h 2Dh) This parameter crops a captured image. Select Disable Image Cropping to present the full 1280 x 960 pixels. Select Enable Image Cropping to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Crop to Pixel Addresses on page 11-152. Enable Image Cropping

(1)

*Disable Image Cropping

(Use Full 1280 x 960 Pixels)

(0) Crop to Pixel Addresses Parameter # 315 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Bh) (Top) Parameter # 316 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Ch) (Left) Parameter # 317 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Dh) (Bottom) Parameter # 318 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Eh) (Right) If you selected Enable Image Cropping, set the pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1259 x 959) to crop to. Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 959. Specify four values for Top, Left, Bottom, and Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom-right section of the image set the following values:

Top = 796, Bottom = 959, Left = 1272, Right = 1279 To set the crop to pixel address, scan each pixel address barcode below followed by four numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to 3, scan 0, 0, 0, 3. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes. The defaults are:

Top = 0, Bottom = 959, Left = 0, Right = 1279 note The digital scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 4 pixels

(after resolution adjustment, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Image Size (Number of Pixels) on page 11-154) transfers the entire image. 152 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Top Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal) Bottom Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal) Left Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal) Right Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal) 153 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Image Size (Number of Pixels) Parameter # 302 (SSI # F0h 2Eh) This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution. Select one of the following values:

Table 11-8 Image Sizes Resolution Value Uncropped Image Size Full 1/2 1/4 1280 x 960 640 x 480 320 x 240

*Full Resolution

(0) 1/2 Resolution

(1) 1/4 Resolution

(3) Image Brightness (Target White) Parameter # 390 (SSI # F0h 86h) Type: Byte Range: 1 - 240 This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot mode when using auto exposure. White and black are defined as 240 decimal and 1, respectively. Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets the white level of the image to ~180. To set the Image Brightness parameter, scan Image Brightness below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness 154 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

*180 Image Brightness

(3 digits) JPEG Image Options Parameter # 299 (SSI # F0h 2Bh) Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality. Scan the JPEG Quality Selector barcode to enter a quality value; the digital scanner then selects the corresponding image size. Scan the JPEG Size Selector barcode to enter a size value; the digital scanner then selects the best image quality.

*JPEG Quality Selector

(1) JPEG Target File Size Parameter # 561 (SSI # F1h 31h) Type: Word Range: 5-350 JPEG Size Selector

(0) This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default value is 160 kB which represents 160 Kilobytes. caution

JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image. Scanning JPEG Quality Selector (default setting) on <em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page 11-155 produces a compressed image that is consistent in quality and compression time. 155 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter, scan JPEG Target File Size below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an image file size value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9 in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. JPEG Target File Size

(3 digits) JPEG Quality and Size Value JPEG Quality = Parameter # 305 (SSI # F0h 31h) If you selected JPEG Quality Selector, scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode followed by 3 barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image. JPEG Quality Value

(Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal) This parameter configures the digital scanner's Image Enhance feature. This feature uses a combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing. Image Enhancement Parameter # 564 (SSI # F1h 34h) The levels of image enhancement are:

Off (0) Low (1) - Default Med (2) 156 Draft v 10 High (3). Off

(0) Medium

(2) BMP File Format

(3) Imaging Preferences

*Low

(1) High

(3) 157 Image File Format Selector Parameter # 304 (SSI # F0h 30h) Select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores captured images in the selected format. Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences

*JPEG File Format

(1) TIFF File Format

(04h) 158 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Image Rotation Parameter # 665 (SSI # F1h 99h) This parameter controls the rotation of the image by 0, 90,180, or 270 degrees.

*Rotate 0o

(0) Rotate 180o

(2) Rotate 90o

(1) Rotate 270o

(3) Bits Per Pixel Parameter # 303 (SSI # F0h 2Fh) Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of gray to each pixel. note The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP. The digital scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats. 159 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences 4 BPP

(1) 1 BPP

(0)

*8 BPP

(2) Signature Capture Parameter # 93 (SSI # 5Dh) A signature capture barcode is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in a document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an index to various signatures. The region inside the barcode pattern is considered the signature capture area. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix K, Signature Capture Code for more information. Output File Format Table 11-9 Output Formats Decoding a signature capture barcodebarcode de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP, JPEG, or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image. Output Format Signature Type (1 Signature Image Size Signature Image

(4 bytes)

(BIG Endian) 0x00000400 0x00010203. File Descriptor byte) 1-8

(1 byte) JPEG - 1 BMP - 3 TIFF - 4 160 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences To enable or disable Signature Capture, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Signature Capture

(1)

*Disable Signature Capture

(0) Signature Capture File Format Selector Parameter # 313 (SSI # F0h 39h) Select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores captured signatures in the selected format. BMP Signature Format

(3) TIFF Signature Format

(4)

*JPEG Signature Format

(1) 161 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel Parameter # 314 (SSI # F0h 3Ah) Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature. Select 1 BPP for a black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of gray to each pixel. note The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP. 1 BPP

(0)

*8 BPP

(2) 4 BPP

(1) Signature Capture Width Parameter # 366 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Eh) The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1 aspect ratio of width to height. 162 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Width barcode, followed by 4 barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 1280 decimal. Signature Capture Width

(Default: 400)

(016 - 1280 Decimal) Signature Capture Height Parameter # 367 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Fh) To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Height barcode, followed by 3 barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 800 decimal. Signature Capture Height (Default: 100)

(016 - 800 Decimal) Signature Capture JPEG Quality Parameter # 421 (SSI # F0h A5h) Scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode followed by 3 barcodes from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image. JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal) 163 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only) Parameter # 324 SSI # F0h 44h Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to project the video view finder while in Snapshot Mode. Enable Video View Finder

(1) Video View Finder Image Size Parameter # 329 SSI # F0h 49h

*Disable Video View Finder

(0) This parameter sets the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 12,000 bytes. A smaller value transmits more frames per second, while a larger value increases video quality. Scan the Video View Finder Image Size barcode, and then scan three barcodes from

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix B, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 12,000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 0, 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 0, 9. The default is 1700 bytes. Video View Finder Image Size 164 Draft v 10 Imaging Preferences Video View Finder Image Size (continued) Full Resolution

(0)

*1/4 Resolution

(3) 1/2 Resolution

(1) 165 Draft v 10 USB Interface Introduction This chapter provides instructions for programming the scanner to interface with a USB host. The scanner connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub. The USB host can power the scanner. Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

*Indicates Default

*North American Standard USB Keyboard Feature/Option Connecting a USB Interface The scanner connects to USB-capable hosts, including:

TGCS (IBM) terminals Apple desktop and notebooks Other network computers that support more than one keyboard. The following operating systems support the scanner through USB:

MacOS 8.5 - MacOS 10.6 (Supported via HID Keyboard only) Windows 8, 10 IBM 4690 OS Linux The scanner interfaces with USB hosts that support Human Interface Devices (HID). 166 Draft v 10 USB Interface 167 Figure 12-7 USB Connection To connect the cradle to a USB host:

port of the IBM SurePOS terminal. 3. Ensure all connections are secure. 1. Attach the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital scanner. See Connecting the Cradle on page 1-4. 2. Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub, or plug the Plus Power connector in an available 4. Pair the digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the barcode on the cradle. 5. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate barcode from <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>USB Device Type on page 12-170. 6. On first installation when using Windows, the software displays a prompt to select or install the Human Interface Device driver. To install the Human Interface Device driver provided by Windows, click Next through all the choices and click Finished on the last choice. The digital scanner powers up during this installation. 7. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. 8. Connect an external power supply if desired. notes Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Figure 12-7 are examples only. The connectors may be different from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the cradle remain the same. Disconnect the host cables before the power supply, or the digital scanner may not recognize the new host. If problems occur, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Troubleshooting on page 4-5. Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Parameter Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 12-10 lists the defaults for USB host parameters. If any option needs to be changed, scan the appropriate barcode(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on<em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page 12-170. notes See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix B, Country Codes for USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes). Table 12-10 USB Host Default Table Parameter Default USB Host Parameters USB Device Type HID Keyboard Emulation Page Number

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-170

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-171

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-172

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-172

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-173

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-173

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-174

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-174

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-174 Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking Enable USB Keystroke Delay No Delay USB CAPS Lock Override Disable USB Ignore Unknown Characters Send USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable Emulate Keypad Enable Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable Quick Keypad Emulation Enable 168 Draft v 10 Table 12-10 USB Host Default Table (Continued) Parameter Default USB FN1 Substitution Function Key Mapping Simulated Caps Lock USB Interface Disable Disable Disable Convert Case No Case Conversion USB Static CDC Enable TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep Honor TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive Ignore Beep Directive TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive USB Polling Interval USB Fast HID 3 msec Enable IBM Specification Version Version 2.2 Page Number

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-175

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-175

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-176

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-176

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-177

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-178

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-178

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-179

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-181

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-182

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>12-182 169 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Host Parameters USB Device Type Select the desired USB device type. notes beep sequence. 1. When changing USB device types, the scanner automatically restarts. The imaging imager issues a power-up 2. Before scanning <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>USB CDC Host (Note 1) on page 12-171, install the appropriate USB CDC Driver on the host to ensure the scanner does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). Go to www.zebra.com/support, Support & Downloads > Barcode Scanners > USB CDC Driver, select the appropriate Windows platform, and download the appropriate CDC Driver (64 bit or 32 bit). To recover a stalled scanner:

Install the USB CDC Driver or Unplug the USB cable and add power. Connect the scanner via Bluetooth and scan HID Keyboard or another host. 3. Select IBM Hand-Held USB to disable data transmission when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command. Aim, illumination, and decoding is still permitted. Select OPOS (IBM Hand-held with Full Disable) to completely shut off the scanner when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command, including aim, illumination, decoding, and data transmission. 4. Select USB HID POS to communicate over a USB cable with Universal Windows Platform (UWP) applications running on Windows 10 devices.

*HID Keyboard Emulation IBM Hand-Held USB IBM Table Top USB OPOS

(IBM Hand-held with Full Disable) 170 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Device Type (continued) SSI over USB CDC Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface USB CDC Host

(Note 1) Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface USB HID POS

(for Windows 10 devices only) Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, select whether to enable or disable status handshaking.

*Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking 171 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Keystroke Delay This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data.

*No Delay Medium Delay (20 msec) Long Delay (40 msec) USB CAPS Lock Override This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, the case of the data is preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting is always enabled for the Japanese, Windows (ASCII) keyboard type and can not be disabled. Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

*Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable) 172 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character, then the imaging imager scanner issues an error beep.

*Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters Do Not Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 This option applies only to the IBM Hand-held, IBM Tabletop, and OPOS devices. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable converting unknown barcode type data to Code 39.

*Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39 Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39 173 Draft v 10 USB Interface Emulate Keypad When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example ASCII A would be sent as ALT make 0 6 5 ALT Break. Disable Keypad Emulation Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a leading zero. For example ASCII A transmits as ALT MAKE 0 0 6 5 ALT BREAK.

*Enable Keypad Emulation Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

*Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero Quick Keypad Emulation This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation Device and if Emulate Keypad is enabled. This parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not found on the keyboard. The default value is Enable.

*Enable Disable 174 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution This option applies only to the USB HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, this allows replacement of any FN 1 characters in an EAN 128 barcode with a Key Category and value chosen by the user (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>FN1 Substitution Values on page 6-41 to set the Key Category and Key Value). Enable FN1 Substitution

*Disable FN1 Substitution Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequences (see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-1 on page I-1). When this parameter is enabled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

*Disable Function Key Mapping Enable Function Key Mapping 175 Draft v 10 USB Interface Simulated Caps Lock When enabled, the imaging imager scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the imaging imager scanner barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard Caps Lock state. Convert Case When enabled, the imaging imager scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case. Enable Simulated Caps Lock

*Disable Simulated Caps Lock

*No Case Conversion Convert All to Lower Case Convert All to Upper Case 176 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Static CDC Parameter # 670 When disabled, each device connected consumes another COM port (first device = COM1, second device = COM2, third device = COM3, etc.) When enabled, each device connects to the same COM port.

*Enable USB Static CDC

(1) Disable USB Static CDC

(0) Optional USB Parameters If you configure the imaging imager scanner and find the settings were not saved, or changed, when the system is restarted scan the barcodes that follow to override USB interface defaults. Scan a barcode below after setting defaults and before configuring the imaging imager scanner. 177 Draft v 10 USB Interface TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep Parameter # 1360 (SSI # 550h) The host can send a direct I/O beep request to the scanner. If you select Ignore Direct I/O Beep, the scanner does not sound beeps on this command. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed. Ignore Direct IO Beep TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive The host can send a beeper configuration request to the scanner. Scan Ignore Beep Directive to prevent the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

*Honor Direct IO Beep Honor Beep Directive

*Ignore Beep Directive TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive The host can enable and disable code types. Scan Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive to prevent the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed. 178 Draft v 10 USB Interface Honor Barcode Configuration Directive

*Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive 179 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Polling Interval Scan a barcode below to set the polling interval. The polling interval determines the rate at which data can be sent between the scanner and host computer. A lower number indicates a faster data rate. note When changing USB Device Types, the imaging imager automatically restarts and issues a disconnect-reconnect beep sequence. important Ensure your host machine can handle the selected data rate. 1 msec

*3 msec 2 msec 4 msec 180 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Polling Interval (continued) 5 msec 7 msec 9 msec 6 msec 8 msec 10 msec 181 Draft v 10 USB Interface USB Fast HID This option transmits USB HID data at a faster rate.

*Enable IBM Specification Version The IBM USB interface specification version selected defines how code types are reported over the IBM USB interface. Original Specification Disable

*Version 2.2 ASCII Character Sets for USB See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix I, ASCII Character Sets for the following:

ASCII Character Set (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-1 on page I-1) ALT Key Character Set (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-2 on page I-6) GUI Key Character Set (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-3 on page I-7) F Key Character Set (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-5 on page I-10). 182 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Introduction Communications This chapter describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a communications link between Zebra decoders (e.g., scan engines, slot scanners, hand-held scanners, two-dimensional scanners, hands-free scanners, and RF base stations) and a serial host. It provides the means for the host to control the decoder or scanner. All communication between the digital scanner and host occurs over the hardware interface lines using the SSI protocol. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmers Guide, p/n 72-40451-xx, for more information on SSI. The host and the digital scanner exchange messages in packets. A packet is a collection of bytes framed by the proper SSI protocol formatting bytes. The maximum number of bytes per packet that the SSI protocol allows for any transaction is 257 (255 bytes + 2 byte checksum). Decode data can be sent as ASCII data (unpacketed), or as part of a larger message (packeted), depending on the digital scanner configuration. SSI performs the following functions for the host device:

Maintains a bi-directional interface with the digital scanner Allows the host to send commands that control the digital scanner Passes data from the digital scanner to a host device in SSI packet format or straight decode message. The working environment of the SSI consists of a digital scanner, a serial cable which attaches to the host device, and in some instances, a power supply. SSI transmits all decode data including special formatting (e.g., AIM ID). Parameter settings can control the format of the transmitted data. The digital scanner can also send parameter information, product identification information, or event codes to the host. All commands sent between the digital scanner and host must use the format described in the SSI Message Formats section. <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>SSI Transactions on page 13-185 describes the required sequence of messages in specific cases. 183 Draft v 10

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 13-11 lists all the SSI opcodes the digital scanner supports. It identifies the SSI partner allowed to send a message of each type. The host transmits opcodes designated type H. The digital scanner transmits type D opcodes, and either partner can transmit Host/Decoder (H/D) types. Table 13-11 SSI Commands Name Type Opcode Description SSI Interface Deactivate aim pattern. Activate aim pattern. Sound the beeper. CAPABILITIES_REPLY Reply to CAPABILITIES_REQUEST; contains a list of the capabilities and commands the decoder supports. CAPABILITIES_REQUEST Request capabilities report from the decoder. H/D H/D Positive acknowledgment of received packet. Negative acknowledgment of received packet. AIM_OFF AIM_ON BEEP CMD_ACK CMD_NAK DECODE_DATA EVENT LED_OFF LED_ON PARAM_DEFAULTS PARAM_REQUEST REPLY_REVISION SCAN_DISABLE SCAN_ENABLE SLEEP START_DECODE STOP_DECODE WAKEUP H H H D H D D H H H H D H H H H H H H 0xC4 0xC5 0xE6 0xD4 0xD3 0xD0 0xD1 0xF3 0xF6 0xE8 0xE7 0xC8 0xC7 0xA4 0xA3 0xEA 0xE9 0xEB 0xE4 0xE5 N/A PARAM_SEND H/D 0xC6 Send parameter values. REQUEST_REVISION Request the decoder's configuration. Decode data in SSI packet format. Event indicated by associated event code. De-activate LED output. Activate LED output. Set parameter default values. Request values of certain parameters. Reply to REQUEST_REVISION contains decoder's software/hardware configuration. Prevent the operator from scanning barcodes. Permit barcode scanning. Request to place the decoder into low power. Tell decoder to attempt to decode a barcode. Tell decoder to abort a decode attempt. Wakeup decoder after it has entered low power mode. 184 For details of the SSI protocol, refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide (72-40451-xx). Draft v 10 SSI Interface SSI Transactions General Data Transactions ACK/NAK Handshaking If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, all packeted messages must have a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK response, unless the command description states otherwise. This parameter is enabled by default. Zebra recommends leaving this handshaking enabled to provide feedback to the host. Raw decode data and WAKEUP do not use ACK/NAK handshaking since they are not packeted data. Following is an example of a problem which can occur if you disable ACK/NAK handshaking:

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message to the digital scanner to change the baud rate from 9600 to 19200. The digital scanner cannot interpret the message. The digital scanner does not implement the change the host requested. The host assumes that the parameter change occurred and acts accordingly. Communication is lost because the change did not occur on both sides. If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, the following occurs:

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message. The digital scanner cannot interpret the message. The digital scanner CMD_NAKs the message. The host resends the message. The digital scanner receives the message successfully, responds with CMD_ACK, and implements parameter changes. 185 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Transfer of Decode Data The Decode Data Packet Format parameter controls how decode data is sent to the host. Set this parameter to send the data in a DECODE_DATA packet. Clear this parameter to transmit the data as raw ASCII data. note When transmitting decode data as raw ASCII data, ACK/NAK handshaking does not apply regardless of the state of the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter. ACK/NAK Enabled and Packeted Data The digital scanner sends a DECODE_DATA message after a successful decode. The digital scanner waits for a programmable time-out for a CMD_ACK response. If it does not receive the response, the digital scanner tries to send two more times before issuing a host transmission error. If the digital scanner receives a CMD_NAK from the host, it may attempt a retry depending on the cause field of the CMD_NAK message. Decoder Data is captured by decoder Host DECODE_DATA

(1)

(2) CMD_ACK message sent Decoder Data is captured by decoder ASCII data Host ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data Even though the ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled, no handshaking occurs because the handshaking applies only to packeted data. In this example the packeted_decode parameter is disabled. 186 Draft v 10 SSI Interface ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA In this example ACK/NAK does not occur even though packeted_decode is enabled because the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter is disabled. Decoder Data is captured by decoder

(1) DECODE_DATA message sent Host ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data Data captured by the digital scanner is sent to the host. Decoder Data is captured by decoder

(1) ASCII data sent Host Communication Summary ACK/NAK Option Enable or disable ACK/NAK handshaking. This handshaking is enabled by default and Zebra recommends leaving it enabled. Disabling this handshaking can cause communication problems, as handshaking is the only acknowledgment that a message was received, and if it was received correctly. ACK/NAK is not used with unpacketed decode data regardless of whether or not it is enabled. Serial Response Time-out The Serial Response Time-out parameter determines how long to wait for a handshaking response before trying again, or aborting any further attempts. Set the same value for both the host and digital scanner. note You can temporarily change the Serial Response Time-out when the host takes longer to process an ACK or longer data string. Zebra does not recommend frequent permanent changes due to limited write cycles of non-volatile memory. Retries When sending data, the host should resend twice after the initial send if the digital scanner does not respond with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled), or response data (e.g., PARAM_SEND, REPLY_REVISION). If the digital scanner replies with a NAK RESEND, the host resends the data. All resent messages must have the resend bit set in the Status byte. 187 Draft v 10 SSI Interface The digital scanner resends data two times after the initial send if the host fails to reply with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled). Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake If you use PARAM_SEND to change these serial parameters, the ACK response to the PARAM_SEND uses the previous values for these parameters. The new values then take effect for the next transaction. Errors The digital scanner issues a communication error when:

Failure to receive an ACK or NAK after initial transmit and two resends. Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication There is a permanent/temporary bit in the PARAM_SEND message. Removing power from the digital scanner discards temporary changes. Permanent changes are written to non-volatile memory. Frequent changes shorten the life of the non-volatile memory. 188 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI The SSI protocol allows the host to send a command that is variable in length up to 255 bytes. Although there is a provision in the protocol to multi-packet commands from the host, the scan engine does not support this. The host must fragment packets using the provisions in the RSM protocol. Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit Payload data (see the following example) Command Structure Length (not including the checksum) SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80) Message Source (4 - Host) Length -1 Length 2's complement checksum (MSB) Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB) Response Structure Length (not including the checksum) SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80) Message Source (0 - Decoder) Length -1 Length 2's complement checksum (MSB) Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB) 0 1 2 3 4

... 0 1 2 3 4

... 189 The expected response in the positive case is SSI_MGMT_COMMAND which may be a multi-packet response. For devices that do not support the SSI_MGMT_COMMAND, the response is the standard SSI_NAK. Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit Payload data (see the following example) Draft v 10 SSI Interface Example Transaction The following example illustrates how to retrieve diagnostic information (Diagnostic Testing and Reporting

(Attribute #10061) decimal) from the engine using encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI. Before sending any RSM command, the host must send the RSM Get Packet Size command to query the packet size supported by the device. Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device 0A 80 04 00 00 06 20 00 FF FF FD 4E Where:

0A 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header 00 06 20 00 FF FF is RSM Get Packet Size command FD 4E is SSI command checksum Response from Device with Packet Size Information 0C 80 00 00 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 FD 6C 0C 80 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM command over SSI command header 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 is RSM Get Packet Size response FD 6C is SSI response checksum Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information 0C 80 04 00 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 FE B0 Where:

Where:

0C 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 is attribute Get command requesting attribute 10061 decimal FE B0 is SSI command checksum Response from Device with Diagnostic Information 21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 FF FF FC 15 Where:

command header value 21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM responses over SSI 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 is attribute Get response which includes diagnostic report FF FF is attribute Get response, packet termination FC 15 is SSI response checksum 190 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters This section describes how to set up the digital scanner with an SSI host. When using SSI, program the digital scanner via barcode menu or SSI hosts commands. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default

*Baud Rate 9600

(6) Feature/Option Option value for programming note Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging.

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 13-12 lists the defaults for the SSI host. There are two ways to change the default values:

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>*Restore Defaults barcode on<em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page 6-5. Download data through the device serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying barcodes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmers Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method. note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 13-12 SSI Default Table Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Select SSI Host N/A N/A N/A Software Handshaking 159 9Fh ACK/NAK Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode Data Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 92

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 94

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 94 191 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Table 13-12 SSI Default Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Host Serial Response Time-out 155 9Bh 2 sec Host Character Time-out 239 EFh 200 msec Multipacket Option 334 F0h 4Eh Option 1 Interpacket Delay 335 F0h 4Fh 0 ms Event Reporting Decode Event 256 F0h 00h Disable Boot Up Event 258 F0h 02h Disable Parameter Event 259 F0h 03h Disable Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 96

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 97

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 98

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-1 99

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-2 00

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-2 01

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>13-2 01 note SSI interprets Prefix, Suffix1, and Suffix2 values listed in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table I-1 on page I-1 differently than other interfaces. SSI does not recognize key categories, only the 3-digit decimal value. The default value of 7013 is interpreted as CR only. SSI Host Parameters Select SSI Host To select SSI as the host interface, scan the following barcode. 192 Draft v 10 SSI Interface SSI Host 193 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Software Handshaking Parameter # 159 (SSI # 9Fh) This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to the control hardware handshaking offers. Hardware handshaking is always enabled; you cannot disable it. Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking: When this option is selected, the digital scanner neither generates nor expects ACK/NAK handshaking packets. Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking: When this option is selected, after transmitting data, the digital scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The digital scanner also ACKs or NAKs messages from the host. The digital scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or NAK. If the digital scanner does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error. Disable ACK/NAK

(0)

*Enable ACK/NAK

(1) Decode Data Packet Format Parameter # 238 (SSI # EEh) This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet format defined by the serial protocol. 194 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data.

*Send Raw Decode Data

(0) Send Packeted Decode Data

(1) 195 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Host Serial Response Time-out Parameter # 155 (SSI # 9Bh) This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if the digital scanner wants to send, and the host has already been granted permission to send, the digital scanner waits for the designated time-out before declaring an error. To set the delay period (options are 2, 5, 7.5, or 9,9 seconds), scan one of the following barcodes. note Other values are available via SSI command.

*Low - 2 Seconds

(20) High - 7.5 Seconds

(75) Medium - 5 Seconds

(50) Maximum - 9.9 Seconds

(99) 196 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Host Character Time-out Parameter # 239 (SSI # EFh) This parameter determines the maximum time the digital scanner waits between characters transmitted by the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error. To set the delay period (options are 200, 500, 750, or 990 ms), scan one of the following barcodes. note Other values are available via SSI command.

*Low - 200 ms

(20) High - 750 ms

(75) Medium - 500 ms

(50) Maximum - 990 ms

(99) 197 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Multipacket Option Parameter # 334 (SSI # F0h 4Eh) This parameter controls ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions. Multi-Packet Option 1: The host sends an ACK / NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet transmission. Multi-Packet Option 2: The digital scanner sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to temporarily delay digital scanner transmissions. At the end of transmission, the digital scanner waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK. Multi-Packet Option 3: Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket delay.

*Multipacket Option 1

(0) Multipacket Option 3

(2) Multipacket Option 2

(1) 198 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Interpacket Delay Parameter # 335 (SSI # F0h 4Fh) This parameter specifies the interpacket delay if you selected Multipacket Option 3. To set the delay period (options are 0, 25, 50, 75, or 99 ms), scan one of the following barcodes. note Other values are available via SSI command.

*Minimum - 0 ms

(0) Medium - 50 ms

(50) Maximum - 99 ms

(99) Low - 25 ms

(25) High - 75 ms

(75) 199 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Event Reporting The host can request the digital scanner to provide certain information (events) relative to the digital scanner behavior. Enable or disable the events listed in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 13-13 and on the following pages by scanning the appropriate barcodes. Table 13-13 Event Codes Event Class Event Code Reported Decode Event Non parameter decode Boot Up Event System power-up Parameter Event Parameter entry error Parameter stored Defaults set (and parameter event is enabled by default) Number expected 0x01 0x03 0x07 0x08 0x0A 0x0F Decode Event Parameter # 256 (SSI # F0h 00h) When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host upon a successful barcode decode. When disabled, no notification is sent. Enable Decode Event

(1)

*Disable Decode Event

(0) 200 Draft v 10 SSI Interface Boot Up Event Parameter # 258 (SSI # F0h 02h) When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host whenever power is applied. When disabled, no notification is sent.

*Disable Boot Up Event

(0) Parameter Event Parameter # 259 (SSI # F0h 03h) When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 13-13 on page 13-200 occurs. When disabled, no notification is sent. Enable Boot Up Event

(1) Enable Parameter Event

(1)

*Disable Parameter Event

(0) 201 Draft v 10 Symbologies Introduction This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. Before programming, follow the instructions in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 1, Getting Started. To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner powers down. note Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge. Select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host. To return all features to default values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default

*Enable UPC-A

(1) Feature/Option Option Value Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to transmit barcode data without the UPC-A check digit, simply scan the Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit barcode under

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Transmit UPC-A Check Digit on page 14-226. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 require scanning several barcodes. See the individual parameter, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5, for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. 202 Draft v 10 Symbologies Symbology Parameter Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 14-14 lists the defaults for all symbology parameters. To change the default values, scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Enable/Disable All Code Types Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 17

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 17

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 18

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 18

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 19

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 19

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 20 1D Symbologies UPC/EAN UPC-A 01h Enable UPC-E 02h Enable UPC-E1 12 0Ch Disable EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable Bookland EAN 83 53h Disable 1 2 4 3 203 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2 and 5 digits) 16 10h Ignore User-Programmable Supplementals 000 Supplemental 1:

Supplemental 2:

579 580 F1h 43h F1h 44h UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 80 50h 10 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID 672 F1h A0h Combined UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character 40 41 42 34 35 36 204 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 22

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 24

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 24

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 25

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 26

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 26

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 26

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 27

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 28

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 28

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 30 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable 37 38 39 Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable Bookland ISBN Format 576 F1h 40h ISBN-10 UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable Coupon Report 730 F1h DAh New Coupon Format ISSN EAN 617 F1h 69h Disable Code 128 Code 128 8 08h Enable Set Length(s) for Code 128 209, 210 D1h, D2h Any Length GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 14 0Eh Enable Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 31

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 31

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 32

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 32

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 34

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 34

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 35

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 36

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 36

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 39 205 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number ISBT 128 84 54h Enable ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Disable for SR models Enable for HC models Check ISBT Table 578 F1h 42h Enable ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 223 DFh 10 Code 128 Security Level 751 F1h EFh Security Level 1 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

1254 F8h 04h E6h Disable Code 39 Code 39 00h Enable Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(Italian Pharmacy Code) 56h Disable 0 13 86 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 39

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 40

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 41

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 41

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 42

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 43

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 43

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 44

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 44

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 45 206 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable Set Length(s) for Code 39 18, 19 12h, 13h 1 to 55 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 48 43 17 Code 39 Security Level 750 F1h EEh Security Level 1 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h B9h Disable Code 93 Code 93 9 09h Enable Set Length(s) for Code 93 26, 27 1Ah, 1Bh 1 to 55 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 45

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 46

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 47

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 48

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 48

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 49

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 50

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 50

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 51 207 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Code 11 Code 11 10 0Ah Disable Set Lengths for Code 11 28, 29 1Ch, 1Dh 4 to 55 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 6 06h Enable Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 22, 23 16h, 17h 6 to 55 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable Febraban 1750 F8h 06h D6h Disable 52 47 49 44 82 208 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 52

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 53

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 54

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 55

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 56

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 56

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 59

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 59

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 60

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 60 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number I 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h BAh Disable Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 20, 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 Codabar (NW - 7) Codabar 7 07h Enable Set Lengths for Codabar 24, 25 18h, 19h 4 to 55 CLSI Editing 36h Disable NOTIS Editing 37h Disable 54 55 Codabar Security Level 1776 F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1 Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/

Stop Characters Detection 855 F2h 57h Upper Case 209 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 61

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 62

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 63

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 63

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 66

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 66

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 68

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 68

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 69

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 70 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number MSI MSI 11 0Bh Disable Set Length(s) for MSI 30, 31 1Eh, 1Fh 4 to 55 MSI Check Digits 32h One Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable 50 46 51 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 MSI Reduced Quiet Zone 1392 F8h 05h 70h Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 408 F0h 98h Disable 618 F1h 6Ah Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 620 F1h 6Bh F1h 6Ch 4-55 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 F1h 6Eh Disable 210 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 70

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 71

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 73

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 74

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 74

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 75

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 76

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 76

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 77

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 78 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 623 F1h 6Fh Disable Korean 3 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable Inverse 1D 586 F1h 4Ah Regular GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional 338 F0h 52h Enable GS1 DataBar Limited 339 F0h 53h Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked 340 F0h 54h Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN 397 F0h 8Dh Disable GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check 728 F1h D8h Level 3 GS1 DataBar Security Level 1706 F8h 06h AAh Level 1 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 79

<em_Emp hasis><bl_ blue>14-2 80

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 81

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 82

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 82

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 83

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 83

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 84

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 85 211 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Composite Composite CC-C 341 F0h 55h Disable Composite CC-A/B 342 F0h 56h Disable Composite TLC-39 371 F0h 73h Disable Composite Inverse 1113 F8h 04h 59h Regular UPC Composite Mode 344 F0h 58h UPC Never Linked Composite Beep Mode 398 F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes 427 F0h ABh Disable 2D Symbologies PDF417 15 0Fh Enable MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 86

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 86

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 87

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 87

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 89

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 90

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 90

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 91

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 91

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 91 212 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Data Matrix 292 F0h 24h Enable GS1 Data Matrix 1336 F8h 05h 38h Disable Data Matrix Inverse 588 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect Maxicode 294 F0h 26h Disable QR Code 293 F0h 25h Enable GS1 QR 1343 F8h 05h 3Fh Disable MicroQR 573 F1h 3Dh Enable Weblink QR 1947 F7 07 9B Enable Aztec Aztec Inverse 574 589 F1h 3Eh Enable 10-79 F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 92

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 93

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 94

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 94

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 95

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 95

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 96

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 96

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 98

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 98 213 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular Grid Matrix 1718 F8h 06h B6h Disable Grid Matrix Inverse 1719 F8h 06h B7h Regular Only Grid Matrix Mirror 1736 F8h 06h C8h Regular Only DotCode 1906 F8 07 72h Disable DotCode Inverse 1907 F8 07 73h Autodetect DotCode Mirrored 1908 F8 07 74h Autodetect DotCode Prioritize 1937 F8 07 91h Disable Postal Codes US Postnet 59h Disable US Planet 5Ah Disable 89 90 214 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 99

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-2 99

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 00

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 01

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 01

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 02

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 03

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 04

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 04

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 05 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable 95 91 96 UK Postal 5Bh Disable Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable Japan Postal 290 F0h 22h Disable Australia Post 291 F0h 23h Disable Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate Netherlands KIX Code 326 F0h 46h Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail 592 F1h 50h Disable UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable Mailmark 1337 F8h 05h 39h Disable Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 05

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 06

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 06

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 07

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 07

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 08

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 09

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 09

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 10 215 Draft v 10 Symbologies Table 14-14 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Parameter Number Symbology-Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level Security Level 78 77 4Eh 4Dh 1 1 1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 Intercharacter Gap Size 381 F0h 7Dh Normal Report Version Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer N/A N/A N/A Abort Macro PDF Entry N/A N/A N/A Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 13

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 14

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 16

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-3 16 216 Draft v 10 Symbologies Enable/Disable All Code Types To disable all symbologies, scan Disable All Code Types below. This is useful when enabling only a few code types. Scan Enable All Code Types turn on (enable) all code types. This is useful when you want to read all codes, or when you want to disable only a few code types. Disable All Code Types Enable All Code Types UPC/EAN Enable/Disable UPC-A Parameter # 1 (SSI # 01h) To enable or disable UPC-A, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable UPC-A

(1) Disable UPC-A

(0) 217 Draft v 10 Symbologies Enable/Disable UPC-E Parameter # 2 (SSI # 02h) To enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate barcode below. Disable UPC-E

(0) Enable/Disable UPC-E1 Parameter # 12 (SSI # 0Ch) UPC-E1 is disabled by default. To enable or disable UPC-E1, scan the appropriate barcode below. note UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology.

*Enable UPC-E

(1) Enable UPC-E1

(1)

*Disable UPC-E1

(0) 218 Draft v 10 Symbologies Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Parameter # 4 (SSI # 04h) To enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, scan the appropriate barcode below. Disable EAN-8/JAN-8

(0) Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 Parameter # 3 (SSI # 03h) To enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable EAN-8/JAN-8

(1)

*Enable EAN-13/JAN-13

(1) Disable EAN-13/JAN-13

(0) 219 Draft v 10 Symbologies Enable/Disable Bookland EAN Parameter # 83 (SSI # 53h) To enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Bookland EAN

(1)

*Disable Bookland EAN

(0) note If you enable Bookland EAN, select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Bookland ISBN Format on page 14-232. Also select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 14-220. Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals Parameter # 16 (SSI # 10h) Supplementals are barcodes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC E+2, EAN 13+2). The following options are available:

If you select Ignore UPC/EAN with Supplementals, and the digital scanner is presented with a UPC/EAN plus supplemental symbol, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN and ignores the supplemental characters. If you select Decode UPC/EAN with Supplementals, the digital scanner only decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals. If you select Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 14-224 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental. If you select one of the following Supplemental Mode options, the digital scanner immediately transmits EAN-13 barcodes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 14-224 before 220 Draft v 10 Symbologies transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental. The digital scanner transmits UPC/EAN barcodes that do not have that prefix immediately. Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode note If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN barcodes, see

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 14-220 to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Bookland ISBN Format on page 14-232. Enable 977 Supplemental Mode Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode Enable 491 Supplemental Mode Enable Smart Supplemental Mode - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously. Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with a 3-digit user-defined prefix. Set this 3-digit prefix using <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>User-Programmable Supplementals on page 14-224. Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the 3-digit prefixes using

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>User-Programmable Supplementals on page 14-224. Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or the user-defined prefix set using

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>User-Programmable Supplementals on page 14-224. Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>User-Programmable Supplementals on page 14-224. note To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental characters. 221 Draft v 10 Symbologies Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued) Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supplementals

(1)

(2) Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

(5)

*Ignore Supplementals

(0) Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode

(4) Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

(7) 222 Draft v 10 Symbologies Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued) Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode

(6) Enable 491 Supplemental Mode

(8) Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1

(9) Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1

(11) Enable Smart Supplemental Mode

(3) Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2

(10) Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2

(12) 223 Draft v 10 Symbologies User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Parameter # 579 (SSI # F1h 43h) Supplemental 2: Parameter # 580 (SSI # F1h 44h) If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 14-220, select User-Programmable Supplemental 1 to set the 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric barcodes beginning on<em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page G-1. Select User-Programmable Supplemental 2 to set a second 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric barcodes beginning on<em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page G-1. The default is 000 (zeros). User-Programmable Supplemental 1 User-Programmable Supplemental 2 UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy Parameter # 80 (SSI # 50h) If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, this option adjusts the number of times to decode a symbol without supplementals before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without supplementals. The default is 10. Scan the barcode below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 224 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format Parameter # 672 (SSI # F1h A0h) Select an output format when reporting UPC/EAN/JAN barcodes with Supplementals with

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Transmit Code ID Character on page 6-37 set to AIM Code ID Character:

Separate - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission, i.e.:

]E<0 or 4><data>]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Combined transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with one AIM ID and one transmission, i.e.:

Separate Transmissions - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs and separate

]E3<data+supplemental data>

transmissions, i.e.:

]E<0 or 4><data>

]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Separate

(0) Separate Transmissions

(2)

*Combined

(1) 225 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPC Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter # 1289 (SSI # F8h 05h 09h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding UPC barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select Enable, select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>1D Quiet Zone Level on page 14-314. Enable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*Disable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(0) Transmit UPC-A Check Digit Parameter # 40 (SSI # 28h) The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

*Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(1) Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(0) 226 Draft v 10 Symbologies Transmit UPC-E Check Digit Parameter # 41 (SSI # 29h) The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(0) Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit Parameter # 42 (SSI # 2Ah) The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

*Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(1)

*Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(1) Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(0) 227 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPC-A Preamble Parameter # 34 (SSI # 22h) Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (0 for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(1) System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(2) UPC-E Preamble Parameter # 35 (SSI # 23h) Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (0 for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. 228 Draft v 10 Symbologies No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(1) System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(2) 229 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPC-E1 Preamble Parameter # 36 (SSI # 24h) Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (0 for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0) System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(2)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(1) 230 Draft v 10 Symbologies Convert UPC-E to UPC-A Parameter # 37 (SSI # 25h) Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion. Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

*Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable)

(0) Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A Parameter # 38 (SSI # 26h) Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). Disable this to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion. Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

*Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable)

(0) 231 Draft v 10 Symbologies EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend Parameter # 39 (SSI # 27h) Enable this parameter to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in format to EAN-13 symbols. Disable this to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is. Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(1)

*Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(0) Bookland ISBN Format Parameter # 576 (SSI # F1h 40h) If you enabled Bookland EAN using <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 14-220, select one of the following formats for Bookland data:

Bookland ISBN-10 - The digital scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit format with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not considered Bookland in this mode. Bookland ISBN-13 - The digital scanner reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as EAN-13 in 13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol.

*Bookland ISBN-10

(0) Bookland ISBN-13

(1) 232 Draft v 10 Symbologies note For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 14-220, then select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 14-220. 233 Draft v 10 Symbologies UCC Coupon Extended Code Parameter # 85 (SSI # 55h) Enable this parameter to decode UPC-A barcodes starting with digit 5, EAN-13 barcodes starting with digit 99, and UPC-A/GS1-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes. Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(1) note See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 14-224 to control autodiscrimination of the GS1-128 (right half) of a coupon code.

*Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(0) Coupon Report Parameter # 730 (SSI # F1h DAh) Select an option to determine which type of coupon format to support. Select Old Coupon Format to support UPC-A/GS1-128 and EAN-13/GS1-128. Select New Coupon Format as an interim format to support UPC-A/GS1-DataBar and EAN-13/GS1-DataBar. 234 Draft v 10 Symbologies If you select Autodiscriminate Format, the digital scanner supports both Old Coupon Format and New Coupon Format. Old Coupon Format

(0) Enable ISSN EAN

(1) Autodiscriminate Coupon Format

(2) ISSN EAN Parameter # 617 (SSI # F1h 69h) To enable or disable ISSN EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*New Coupon Format

(1)

*Disable ISSN EAN

(0) 235 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 128 Enable/Disable Code 128 Parameter # 8 (SSI # 08h) To enable or disable Code 128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Code 128

(1) Set Lengths for Code 128 Parameter # L1 = 209 (SSI # D1h), L2 = 210 (SSI # D2h) Disable Code 128

(0) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default Any Length. note When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 128 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 128 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. 236 Draft v 10 Symbologies Any Length (default)- Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 237 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Code 128 (continued) Code 128 - One Discrete Length Code 128 - Length Within Range Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 128 - Any Length 238 Draft v 10 Symbologies Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) Parameter # 14 (SSI # 0Eh) To enable or disable GS1-128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable GS1-128

(1) Enable/Disable ISBT 128 Parameter # 84 (SSI # 54h)

*Enable ISBT 128

(1) Disable GS1-128

(0) Disable ISBT 128

(0) 239 ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable ISBT 128. If necessary, the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data. Draft v 10 Symbologies ISBT Concatenation Parameter # 577 (SSI # F1h 41h) Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types:

If you select Disable ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner does not concatenate pairs of ISBT codes it encounters. If you select Enable ISBT Concatenation, there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital scanner to decode and perform concatenation. The digital scanner does not decode single ISBT symbols. If you select Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner decodes and concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the digital scanner must decode the symbol the number of times set via <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>ISBT Concatenation Redundancy on page 14-241 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol. notes The default for SR/DL configurations of the scanner is Disable ISBT Concatenation. The default for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is Enable ISBT Concatenation. When enabling ISBT Concatenation or Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation set Code 128 security level to Level 2. For Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation to operate as expected, both ISBT barcodes must be in the field of view at the same time. This may be difficult to achieve in presentation mode.

*Disable ISBT Concatenation

(0)

(default for SR models) Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation

(2) 240

*Enable ISBT Concatenation

(1)

(default for HC models) Draft v 10 Symbologies Check ISBT Table Parameter # 578 (SSI # F1h 42h) The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT barcodes that are commonly used in pairs. If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable, enable Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those pairs found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated.

*Enable Check ISBT Table

(1) Disable Check ISBT Table

(0) ISBT Concatenation Redundancy Parameter # 223 (SSI # DFh) If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate, use this parameter to set the number of times the digital scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol. Scan the barcode below, then scan two numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes to set a value between 2 and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. The default is 10. ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 241 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 128 Security Level Parameter # 751 (SSI # F1h EFh) Code 128 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when Code 128 Lengths is set to Any Length. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 128 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary. Code 128 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. Code 128 Security Level 1: A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. Code 128 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. Code 128 Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements. A barcode must be successfully read three times before being decoded. note Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes. Code 128Security Level 0

(0) Code 128 Security Level 2

(2)

*Code 128 Security Level 1

(1) Code 128 Security Level 3

(3) 242 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter # 1208 (SSI # F8h 04h B8h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 128 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select Enable, select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>1D Quiet Zone Level on page 14-314. Enable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*Disable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0) Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

Parameter # 1254 (SSI # F8h 04h E6h) This feature applies to Code 128 barcodes with an embedded <FNC4> character. Enable this to strip the

<FNC4> character from the decode data. The remaining characters are sent to the host unchanged. When disabled, the <FNC4> character is processed normally as per Code 128 standard. Enable Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

(1)

*Disable Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

(0) 243 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 39 Enable/Disable Code 39 Parameter # 0 (SSI # 00h) To enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Code 39

(1) Disable Code 39

(0) Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 Parameter # 13 (SSI # 0Dh) Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters. To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Trioptic Code 39

(1) note You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

*Disable Trioptic Code 39

(0) 244 Draft v 10 Symbologies Convert Code 39 to Code 32 Parameter # 86 (SSI # 56h) Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan the appropriate barcode below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32. note Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function. Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(1)

*Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(0) Code 32 Prefix Parameter # 231 (SSI # E7h) Scan the appropriate barcode below to enable or disable adding the prefix character A to all Code 32 barcodes. note Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function. Enable Code 32 Prefix

(1)

*Disable Code 32 Prefix

(0) 245 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Code 39 Parameter # L1 = 18 (SSI # 12h), L2 = 19 (SSI # 13h) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled, Length Within a Range or Any Length are the preferred options. The default is 1 to 55. note When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 39

- One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 39 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. 246 Draft v 10 Symbologies Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. Code 39 - One Discrete Length

*Code 39 - Length Within Range Code 39 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 48 (SSI # 30h) Enable Code 39 Check Digit

(1) Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 39 - Any Length

*Disable Code 39 Check Digit

(0) 247 Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded. Enable this feature if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit. Draft v 10 Symbologies Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Parameter # 43 (SSI # 2Bh) Scan a barcode below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit. Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable)

(1) note Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

*Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Disable)

(0) Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Parameter # 17 (SSI # 11h) Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set. To enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Code 39 Full ASCII

(1)

*Disable Code 39 Full ASCII

(0) note You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously. Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent, and is therefore described in the ASCII Character Set Table for the appropriate interface. See the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>ASCII Character Sets for USB on page 8-15. 248 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 39 Security Level Parameter # 750 (SSI # F1h EEh) The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 39 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary. Code 39 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. Code 39 Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. Code 39 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. Code 39 Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements. note Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes. Code 39 Security Level 0

(0) Code 39 Security Level 2

(2)

*Code 39 Security Level 1

(1) Code 39 Security Level 3

(3) 249 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter # 1209 (SSI # F8h 04h B9h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 39 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select Enable, select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>1D Quiet Zone Level on page 14-314. Enable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*Disable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0) Code 93 Enable/Disable Code 93 Parameter # 9 (SSI # 09h) To enable or disable Code 93, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Code 93

(1) Disable Code 93

(0) 250 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Code 93 Parameter # L1 = 26 (SSI # 1Ah), L2 = 27 (SSI # 1Bh) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 1 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 93

- One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 93 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 251 Draft v 10 Symbologies Code 93 - One Discrete Length

*Code 93 - Length Within Range Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 93 - Any Length Code 11 Code 11 Parameter # 10 (SSI # 0Ah) To enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Code 11

(1)

*Disable Code 11

(0) 252 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Code 11 Parameter # L1 = 28 (SSI # 1Ch), L2 = 29 (SSI # 1Dh) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 11

- One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code 11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 11 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 253 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Code 11 (continued) Code 11 - One Discrete Length

*Code 11 - Length Within Range Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 11 - Any Length Code 11 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 52 (SSI # 34h) This feature allows the digital scanner to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded Code 11 barcode. The options are to check for one check digit, check for two check digits, or disable the feature. 254 Draft v 10 Symbologies To enable this feature, scan the barcode below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in the Code 11 symbols.

*Disable

(0) One Check Digit

(1) Two Check Digits

(2) Transmit Code 11 Check Digits Parameter # 47 (SSI # 2Fh) This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s). Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1) note Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

*Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0) 255 Draft v 10 Symbologies Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # 6 (SSI # 06h)

*Enable Interleaved 2 of 5

(1) To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below, and select an Interleaved 2 of 5 length from the following pages. Disable Interleaved 2 of 5

(0) Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 22 (SSI # 16h), L2 = 23 (SSI # 17h) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The range for Interleaved 2 of 5 lengths is 0 - 80. The default is 6 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 -

One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode an I 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 256 Draft v 10 Symbologies note Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5 applications. 257 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 (continued) I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

*I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths I 2 of 5 - Any Length 258 Draft v 10 Symbologies I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 49 (SSI # 31h) Enable this feature to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check digit algorithm.

*Disable

(0) USS Check Digit

(1) OPCC Check Digit

(2) Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 44 (SSI # 2Ch) Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable)

(1) Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

*Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable)

(0) 259 Draft v 10 Symbologies Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 Parameter # 82 (SSI # 52h) Enable this parameter to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as EAN-13. To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero and a valid EAN-13 check digit. Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable)

(1)

*Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable)

(0) Febraban Parameter # 1750 (SSI # F8h 06h D6h) Febraban is an I 2 of 5 barcode of length 44 that requires special check characters to be inserted in the transmitted data stream. When enabled, the I 2 of 5 internal check digit calculation and transmission is disabled. When disabled, all I 2 of 5 functionality works as usual. Recommendations for Length Setting I 2 of 5 Length 1: Larger of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44). I 2 of 5 Length 2: Smaller of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44). Enable Febraban

(1)

*Disable Febraban

(0) 260 Draft v 10 Symbologies I 2 of 5 Security Level Parameter # 1121 (SSI # F8h 04h 61h) Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when I 2 of 5 Lengths is set to Any Length. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary. I 2 of 5 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. I 2 of 5 Security Level 1: A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. I 2 of 5 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. I 2 of 5 Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level. The highest safety requirements are applied. A barcode must be successfully read three times before being decoded. note Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes. 261 Draft v 10 Symbologies I 2 of 5 Security Level (continued) I 2 of 5 Security Level 0

(00h) I 2 of 5 Security Level 2

(02h)

*I 2 of 5 Security Level 1

(01h) I 2 of 5 Security Level 3

(03h) I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter # 1210 (SSI # F8h 04h BAh) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding I 2 of 5 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select Enable, select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>1D Quiet Zone Level on page 14-314. Enable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*Disable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0) 262 Draft v 10 Symbologies Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # 5 (SSI # 05h) To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Discrete 2 of 5

(1)

*Disable Discrete 2 of 5

(0) Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 20 (SSI # 14h), L2 = 21 (SSI # 15h) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The range for Discrete 2 of 5 lengths is 1 - 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5

- One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 263 Draft v 10 Symbologies note Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for D 2 of 5 applications. 264 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 (continued) D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

*D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths D 2 of 5 - Any Length 265 Draft v 10 Symbologies Codabar (NW - 7) Enable/Disable Codabar Parameter # 7 (SSI # 07h) To enable or disable Codabar, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable Codabar

(1) Set Lengths for Codabar Parameter # L1 = 24 (SSI # 18h), L2 = 25 (SSI # 19h) Disable Codabar

(0) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan Codabar - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Codabar - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 266 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Codabar (continued) Codabar - One Discrete Length

*Codabar - Length Within Range Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths Codabar - Any Length 267 Draft v 10 Symbologies CLSI Editing Parameter # 54 (SSI # 36h) Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth characters of a 14-character Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format. note Symbol length does not include start and stop characters. Enable CLSI Editing

(1) NOTIS Editing Parameter # 55 (SSI # 37h) Enable NOTIS Editing

(1)

*Disable CLSI Editing

(0) Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format.

*Disable NOTIS Editing

(0) 268 Draft v 10 Symbologies Codabar Security Level Parameter # 1776 (SSI # F8h 06h F0h) The scanner offers four levels of decode security for Codabar barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary. Codabar Security Level 0: This setting allows the scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. Codabar Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. Codabar Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. Codabar Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements. note Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the imaging scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes. Codabar Security Level 0

(0) Codabar Security Level 2

(2)

*Codabar Security Level 1

(1) Codabar Security Level 3

(3) 269 Draft v 10 Symbologies Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection Parameter # 855 (SSI # F2h 57h) Select whether to detect upper case or lower case Codabar start/stop characters. Lower Case

(1) Enable MSI

(1) MSI Enable/Disable MSI Parameter # 11 (SSI # 0Bh) To enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Upper Case

(0)

*Disable MSI

(0) 270 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for MSI Parameter # L1 = 30 (SSI # 1Eh), L2 = 31 (SSI # 1Fh) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols with 14 characters, scan MSI - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select MSI - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a MSI symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan MSI - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. note Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for MSI applications. 271 Draft v 10 Symbologies MSI - One Discrete Length

*MSI - Length Within Range MSI - Two Discrete Lengths MSI - Any Length 272 Draft v 10 Symbologies MSI Check Digits Parameter # 50 (SSI # 32h) With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit is optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the Two MSI Check Digits barcode to enable verification of the second check digit. 0 - Does not check the MSI check digit; decodes MSI with no check digit. 1 - This is for MSI barcodes with one check digit. This is the default. 2 - This is for MSI barcodes with two check digits. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 14-274 to select second digit algorithms. No MSI Check Digit

(0) Two MSI Check Digits

(2)

*One MSI Check Digit

(0)

*One MSI Check Digit

(1) Two MSI Check Digits

(1) 273 Draft v 10 Symbologies Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) Parameter # 46 (SSI # 2Eh) Scan a barcode below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit. Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1) MSI Check Digit Algorithm Parameter # 51 (SSI # 33h) MOD 11/MOD 10

(0)

*Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0) Two algorithms are possible for the verification of the second MSI check digit. Select the barcode below corresponding to the algorithm used to encode the check digit.

*MOD 10/MOD 10

(1) 274 Draft v 10 Symbologies MSI Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter # 1392 (SSI # F8h 05h 70h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding MSI barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If enabled select a <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>1D Quiet Zone Level on page 14-314.

*Disable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(0) Enable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(1) 275 Draft v 10 Symbologies Chinese 2 of 5 Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Parameter # 408 (SSI # F0h 98h) To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Disable Chinese 2 of 5

(0) Matrix 2 of 5 Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter # 618 (SSI # F1h 6Ah) To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Chinese 2 of 5

(1) Enable Matrix 2 of 5

(1)

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5

(0) 276 Draft v 10 Symbologies Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 619 (SSI # F1h 6Bh), L2 = 620 (SSI # F1h 6Ch) The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55. One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Cancel on page H-1. Any Length - Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability. 277 Draft v 10 Symbologies Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

*Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 622 (SSI # F1h 6Eh) The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit. Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0) 278 Draft v 10 Symbologies Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 623 (SSI # F1h 6Fh) Scan a barcode below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit. Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

*Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0) 279 Draft v 10 Symbologies Korean 3 of 5 Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5 Parameter # 581 (SSI # F1h 45h) To enable or disable Korean 3 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below. note The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6. Enable Korean 3 of 5

(1)

*Disable Korean 3 of 5

(0) 280 Draft v 10 Symbologies Inverse 1D Parameter # 586 (SSI # F1h 4Ah) This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting. Options are:

Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular 1D barcodes only. Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse 1D barcodes only. Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D barcodes. note The Inverse 1D setting may impact Composite or Inverse Composite decoding. See

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Composite Inverse on page 14-287.

*Regular

(0) Inverse Autodetect

(2) Inverse Only

(1) 281 Draft v 10 Symbologies GS1 DataBar The variants of GS1 DataBar are GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional, DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked and DataBar Limited. The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate barcodes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar. GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional note When GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional is enabled the variants are also enabled. Parameter # 338 (SSI # F0h 52h)

*Enable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(1) GS1 DataBar Limited Parameter # 339 (SSI # F0h 53h)

*Enable GS1 DataBar Limited

(1) Disable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(0) Disable GS1 DataBar Limited

(0) 282 Draft v 10 Symbologies GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked note When GS1 DataBar Expanded is enabled GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked is also enabled. Parameter # 340 (SSI # F0h 54h)

*Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(1) Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(0) Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN Parameter # 397 (SSI # F0h, 8Dh) This parameter only applies to GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite symbol. Enable this to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero as the first digit, and report the barcode as EAN-13. For barcodes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros, this parameter strips the leading '0100'

and reports the barcode as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character and country code applies to converted barcodes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be stripped. Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(1)

*Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(0) 283 Draft v 10 Symbologies GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Parameter # 728 (SSI # F1h D8h) The decoder offers four levels of margin check for GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between level of margin check and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of margin check may result in reduced aggressiveness in scanning, so only choose the level of margin check necessary. Level 1: No clear margin required. This complies with the original GS1 standard, yet might result in erroneous decoding of the DataBar Limited barcode when scanning some UPC symbols that start with the digits 9 and 7. Level 2: Automatic risk detection. This level of security may result in erroneous decoding of DataBar Limited barcodes when scanning some UPC symbols. If a misdecode is detected, the decoder operates in Level 3 or Level 1. Level 3: Margin check level reflects newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a 5x trailing clear margin. Level 4: Margin check level extends beyond the standard required by GS1. This level of security requires a 5x leading and trailing clear margin. GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 1

(1)

*GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 3

(3) GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 2

(2)

(4) GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 4 284 Draft v 10 Symbologies GS1 DataBar Security Level Parameter # 1706 (SSI # F8h 06h AAh) The decoder offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar (GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded) barcodes. Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. Security Level 1: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness (default). eliminate misdecodes. Security Level 2: This setting allows greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to Security Level 3: This setting applies the highest safety requirements. Select if Security Level 2 was applied and misdecodes still occur. Security Level 0

(0) Security Level 2

(2)

* Security Level 1

(1) Security Level 3

(3) 285 Draft v 10 Symbologies Composite Composite CC-C Parameter # 341 (SSI # F0h 55h) Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-C. Composite CC-A/B Parameter # 342 (SSI # F0h 56h) Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-A/B. Enable CC-C

(1) Enable CC-A/B

(1)

*Disable CC-C

(0)

*Disable CC-A/B

(0) 286 Draft v 10 Symbologies Composite TLC-39 Parameter # 371 (SSI # F0h 73h) Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type TLC-39. Enable TLC39

(1) Composite Inverse Parameter # 1113 (SSI # F8h 04h 59h)

*Disable TLC39

(0) This parameter sets Composite for either regular decode or inverse decode. Regular Only: The digital scanner decodes regular Composite barcodes only (default). Inverse Only: The digital scanner decodes inverse Composite barcodes only. This mode only supports Inverse Composite that has DataBar combined with CCAB. No other 1D/2D combinations. For this parameter to work as expected, <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Composite CC-A/B on page 14-286 and corresponding 1D Inverse or 1D Inverse Autodetect (<em_Emphasis><bl_blue> page 14-281) and DataBar must be enabled. To decode regular Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Regular Only and Inverse 1D must be set to Regular Only or Autodetect. To decode inverse Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Inverse Only and Inverse 1D must be set to Inverse Only or Autodetect. 287 Draft v 10 Symbologies

* Regular Only

(0) Inverse Only

(1) 288 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPC Composite Mode Parameter # 344 (SSI # F0h 58h) Select an option for linking UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol:

Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC barcodes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected. Select UPC Always Linked to transmit UPC barcodes and the 2D portion. If 2D is not present, the UPC barcode does not transmit. If you select Autodiscriminate UPC Composites, the digital scanner determines if there is a 2D portion, then transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present.

*UPC Never Linked

(0) Autodiscriminate UPC Composites

(2) UPC Always Linked

(1) 289 Draft v 10 Symbologies Composite Beep Mode Parameter # 398 (SSI # F0h, 8Eh) To select the number of decode beeps when a composite barcode is decoded, scan the appropriate barcode.

*Beep as each code type is decoded

(1) Single Beep after both are decoded

(0)

(2) Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

(1) Double Beep after both are decoded GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes Parameter # 427 (SSI # F0h, ABh) Select whether to enable or disable this mode.

*Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

(0) 290 Draft v 10 Symbologies 2D Symbologies Enable/Disable PDF417 Parameter # 15 (SSI # 0Fh) To enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable PDF417

(1) Disable PDF417

(0)

*Disable MicroPDF417

(0) Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 Parameter # 227 (SSI # E3h) To enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable MicroPDF417

(1) Code 128 Emulation Parameter # 123 (SSI # 7Bh) Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as Code 128.

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>AIM Code ID Character on page 6-38 must be enabled for this parameter to work. 291 Draft v 10 Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

Disable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

Symbologies

]C1

]C2

]C0

]L3

]L4

]L5 if the first codeword is 903-905 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 if the first codeword is 910 or 911 if the first codeword is 903-905 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation. note Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1 Composites instead.

*Disable Code 128 Emulation

(0) Data Matrix Parameter # 292 (SSI # F0h, 24h) To enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Code 128 Emulation

(1)

*Enable Data Matrix

(1) Disable Data Matrix

(0) 292 Draft v 10 Symbologies GS1 Data Matrix Parameter # 1336 (SSI # F8h 05h 38h) To enable or disable GS1 Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Disable GS1 Data Matrix

(0) Enable GS1 Data Matrix

(1) 293 Draft v 10 Symbologies Data Matrix Inverse Parameter # 588 (SSI # F1h 4Ch) This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting. Options are:

Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular Data Matrix barcode only. Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix barcode only. Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix barcodes. Inverse Only

(1)

*Inverse Autodetect

(2) Maxicode Parameter # 294 (SSI # F0h, 26h) To enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropriate barcode below. Regular

(0) Enable Maxicode

(1)

*Disable Maxicode

(0) 294 Draft v 10 Symbologies QR Code Parameter # 293 (SSI # F0h, 25h) note Inverse QR barcodes decode if QR Code is enabled. To enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate barcode below. GS1 QR Parameter # 1343 (SSI # F8h 05h 3Fh) To enable or disable GS1 QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable QR Code

(1)

*Disable GS1 QR

(0) Disable QR Code

(0) Enable GS1 QR

(1) 295 Draft v 10 Symbologies MicroQR Parameter # 573 (SSI # F1h 3Dh) To enable or disable MicroQR, scan the appropriate barcode below. Disable MicroQR

(0) Weblink QR Parameter # 1947 (SSI# F7 07 9B) Scanner will decode QR codes with web link only if parameter is enabled. To enable or disable Weblink QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Enable MicroQR

(1)

*Enable Weblink QR

(1) Disable Weblink QR

(0) Aztec Parameter # 574 (SSI # F1h 3Eh) To enable or disable Aztec, scan the appropriate barcode below. 296 Draft v 10 Symbologies

*Enable Aztec

(1) Disable Aztec

(0) 297 Draft v 10 Symbologies Aztec Inverse Parameter # 589 (SSI # F1h 4Dh) This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting. Options are:

Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular Aztec barcodes only. Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse Aztec barcodes only. Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec barcodes. Inverse Only

(1)

*Inverse Autodetect

(2) Han Xin Parameter # 1167 (SSI # F8h 04h 8Fh) To enable or disable Han Xin, scan the appropriate barcode below. Regular

(0) Enable Han Xin

(1)

*Disable Han Xin

(0) 298 Draft v 10 Symbologies Han Xin Inverse Parameter # 1168 (SSI # F8h 04h 90h) Select a Han Xin inverse decoder setting:

Regular Only - the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with normal reflectance only. Inverse Only - the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with inverse reflectance only. Inverse Autodetect - the decoder decodes both regular and inverse Han Xin barcodes. Inverse Only

(1) Inverse Autodetect

(2) Grid Matrix Parameter # 1718 (SSI # F8h 06h B6h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Grid Matrix.

*Regular

(0) Enable

(1)

*Disable

(0) 299 Draft v 10 Symbologies Grid Matrix Inverse Parameter # 1719 (SSI # F8h 06h B7h) Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix inverse decoder setting:

Regular Only - The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcode only. Inverse Only - The scanner decodes inverse Grid Matrix barcodes only. Autodiscriminate - The scanner decodes both regular and inverse Grid Matrix barcodes.

* Regular Only

(0) Autodiscriminate

(2) Inverse Only

(1) 300 Draft v 10 Symbologies Grid Matrix Mirror Parameter # 1736 (SSI # F8h 06h C8h) Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix mirror decoder setting:

Regular Only - The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcodes only. Mirrored Only - The scanner decodes mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes only. Auto-discriminate - The scanner decodes both regular and mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes. Mirrored Only

(1) Autodiscriminate

(2) DotCode Parameter # 1906 (SSI # F8 07 72h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable DotCode.

* Regular Only

(0)

* Disable DotCode

(0) Enable DotCode

(1) 301 Draft v 10 Symbologies DotCode Inverse Parameter # 1907 (SSI # F8 07 73h) Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Inverse decoder setting. Setting options are:

Regular Only - Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with normal reflectance only. Inverse Only - Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with inverse reflectance only. Inverse Autodetect - Decoder decodes both regular and inverse DotCode barcodes. Regular

(0)

* Autodetect

(2) Inverse Only

(1) 302 Draft v 10 Symbologies DotCode Mirrored Parameter # 1908 (SSI # F8 07 74h) Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Mirror decoder setting:

Non-Mirrored Only - Digital scanner decodes non-mirrored DotCode barcodes only. Mirrored Only - Digital scanner decodes mirrored DotCode barcodes only. Autodetect - Digital scanner decodes both mirrored and non-mirrored DotCode barcodes. Never

(0)

* Autodetect

(2) Always

(1) 303 Draft v 10 Symbologies DotCode Prioritize Parameter # 1937 (SSI # F8 07 91h) Enable DotCode Prioritize to give priority to DotCode decoding as compared to other symbologies.

* Disable Postal Codes US Postnet Enable US Postnet

(1) Parameter # 89 (SSI # 59h) To enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable

*Disable US Postnet

(0) 304 Draft v 10 Symbologies US Planet Parameter # 90 (SSI # 5Ah) To enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable US Planet

(1)

*Disable US Planet

(0) Transmit US Postal Check Digit Parameter # 95 (SSI # 5Fh) Select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without the check digit.

*Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(1) Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(0) 305 Draft v 10 Symbologies UK Postal Parameter # 91 (SSI # 5Bh) To enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Disable UK Postal

(0) Transmit UK Postal Check Digit Parameter # 96 (SSI # 60h) Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit. Enable UK Postal

(1)

*Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

(1) Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

(0) 306 Draft v 10 Symbologies Japan Postal Parameter # 290 (SSI # F0h, 22h) To enable or disable Japan Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Disable Japan Postal

(0) Australia Post Parameter # 291 (SSI # F0h, 23h) To enable or disable Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Japan Postal

(1) Enable Australia Post

(1)

*Disable Australia Post

(0) 307 Draft v 10 Symbologies Australia Post Format Parameter # 718 (SSI # F1h, CEh) To select one of the following formats for Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below:

Autodiscriminate (or Smart mode) - Attempt to decode the Customer Information Field using the N and C Encoding Tables. note This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify the Encoding Table used for encoding. Raw Format - Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3. Alphanumeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table. Numeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table. For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables, refer to the Australia Post Customer Barcoding Technical Specifications available at http://www.auspost.com.au.

*Autodiscriminate

(0) Alphanumeric Encoding

(2) Raw Format

(1) Numeric Encoding

(3) 308 Draft v 10 Symbologies Netherlands KIX Code Parameter # 326 (SSI # F0h, 46h) To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable Netherlands KIX Code

(1)

*Disable Netherlands KIX Code

(0) USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail Parameter # 592 (SSI # F1h 50h) To enable or disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(1)

*Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(0) 309 Draft v 10 Symbologies UPU FICS Postal Parameter # 611 (SSI # F1h 63h) To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*Disable UPU FICS Postal

(0) Mailmark Parameter # 1337 (SSI # F8h 05h 39h) To enable or disable Mailmark, scan the appropriate barcode below. Enable UPU FICS Postal

(1)

*Disable Mailmark

(0) Enable Mailmark

(1) 310 Draft v 10 Symbologies Symbology-Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level Parameter # 78 (SSI # 4Eh) The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for decreasing levels of barcode quality. As redundancy levels increase, the digital scanner aggressiveness decreases. Select the redundancy level appropriate for the barcode quality. Redundancy Level 1 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 14-15 Redundancy Level 1 Codes Code Type Code Length Codabar MSI D 2 of 5 I 2 of 5 8 characters or less 4 characters or less 8 characters or less 8 characters or less Redundancy Level 2 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 14-16 Redundancy Level 2 Codes Code Type Code Length All All Redundancy Level 3 Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded. The following codes must be read three times:

Table 14-17 Redundancy Level 3 Codes Code Type Code Length MSI D 2 of 5 I 2 of 5 Codabar 4 characters or less 8 characters or less 8 characters or less 8 characters or less 311 Draft v 10 Symbologies Redundancy Level 4 The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded:

Table 14-18 Redundancy Level 4 Codes Code Type Code Length All All

*Redundancy Level 1

(1) Redundancy Level 3

(3) Redundancy Level 2

(2) Redundancy Level 4

(4) 312 Draft v 10 Symbologies Security Level Parameter # 77 (SSI # 4Dh) The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta barcodes, which include the Code 128 family, UPC/EAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of barcode quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness, so choose only that level of security necessary for any given application. Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes. Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. Security Level 2: Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level. Be advised, selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out of spec barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If you need this level of security, try to improve the quality of the barcodes. Security Level 0

(0) Security Level 2

(2)

*Security Level 1

(1) Security Level 3

(3) 313 Draft v 10 Symbologies 1D Quiet Zone Level Parameter # 1288 (SSI # F8h 05h 08h) This feature sets the level of aggressiveness in decoding barcodes with a reduced quiet zone (the area in front of and at the end of a barcode), and applies to symbologies enabled by a Reduced Quiet Zone parameter. Because higher levels increase the decoding time and risk of misdecodes, Zebra Technologies strongly recommends enabling only the symbologies which require higher quiet zone levels, and leaving Reduced Quiet Zone disabled for all other symbologies. Options are:

0 - The digital scanner performs normally in terms of quiet zone. 1 - The digital scanner performs more aggressively in terms of quiet zone. 2 - The digital scanner only requires one side EB (end of barcode) for decoding. 3 - The digital scanner decodes anything in terms of quiet zone or end of barcode. 1D Quiet Zone Level 0

(0) 1D Quiet Zone Level 2

(2)

*1D Quiet Zone Level 1

(1) 1D Quiet Zone Level 3

(3) 314 Draft v 10 Symbologies Intercharacter Gap Size Parameter # 381 (SSI # F0h, 7Dh) The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to various barcode-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed, preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan the Large Intercharacter Gaps parameter to tolerate these out-of-specification barcodes. Report Version Scan the barcode below to report the version of software installed in the digital scanner. Large Intercharacter Gaps

(0Ah)

*Normal Intercharacter Gaps

(06h) Report Software Version 315 Draft v 10 Symbologies Macro PDF Features Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital scanner can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 Kb of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols. caution When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique identifiers. Do not mix barcodes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data. When scanning Macro PDF sequences, scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption. If, when scanning a mixed sequence, the digital scanner emits two long low beeps (Low/Low) this indicates an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error. Flush Macro Buffer This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmits it to the host device, and aborts from Macro PDF mode. Flush Macro PDF Buffer Abort Macro PDF Entry This clears all currently-stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro PDF mode. Abort Macro PDF Entry 316 Draft v 10 Digimarc Barcode Introduction Digimarc Barcode is a machine-readable code that is invisible to people. Digimarc Symbology Selection Digimarc codes are reported as UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-13 or GS1 DataBar Expanded. note Conversion of the Digimarc reported code types to other barcode types is not supported. AIM and Symbol code IDs are supported for the reported Digimarc code types.Code IDs Picklist The Digimarc decoder searches configured block areas of the image for Digimarc codes. The Digimarc decoder works the same whether or not Picklist is enabled or disabled. note Decode time could be greater given the extra processing done by system and decoder when in Picklist mode. 317 Draft v 10 Digimarc Barcode Digimarc Digital Watermarks Parameter # 1687 (SSI # F8h 06h 97h) To enable or disable the Digimarc Digital Watermarks code scan the appropriate barcodebarcode below. Enable Digimarc Digital Watermarks/DW

(1)

*Disable Digimarc Digital Watermarks/DW

(0) 318 Draft v 10 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol Introduction This chapter briefly describes the Zebra features available for customizing scanner operation. Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) allows customizing data before transmission to the host device. Use ADF to edit scanned data to suit the host application's requirements. With ADF you scan one barcode per trigger press. ADF is programmed using 123Scan. For a video on Creating an Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) Rule using 123Scan, go to:

www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos. For additional information, refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide. Multicode Data Formatting (Hand-held Mode Only) Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) enables a 2D scanner to scan all barcodes on a label with a single trigger press, and then modify and transmit the data to meet host application requirements. MDF supports programming up to nine unique labels into one scanner. MDF also supports scanning multiple barcodes on opposite sides of a box by holding the trigger. MDF options include:

Output all or specific barcodes. Control the barcode output sequence. Apply unique multicode data formatting (MDF) to each output barcode. Discard scanned data if all required barcodes are not present. 319 Draft v 10 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol Programming a Scanner Using 123Scan, programming an MDF is similar to programming an ADF rule. MDF programming is saved in a 123Scan configuration file. MDF can be deployed to a fleet of 2D scanners using the Scanner Management Service (SMS) through a traditional SMS package. For more information, refer to the Multicode Data Formatting and Preferred Symbol User Guide, p/n MN-002895-xx. For a video on Creating an Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) Rule using 123Scan, go to:

www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos. Preferred Symbol Preferred Symbol is a barcode prioritization technique that enables favored decoding of high priority barcode(s). The Preferred Symbol is the only barcode that is decoded and output within the preset Preferred Symbol Timeout. During this time, the scanner attempts to decode the prioritized barcode and reports only this barcode. For more information, refer to the Multicode Data Formatting and Preferred Symbol User Guide, p/n MN-002895-xx. To program Preferred Symbol via 123Scan, select 123Scan > Configuration Wizard > Symbologies screen, and then select Preferred Symbol from the drop-down menu. Preferred Symbol programming is saved in the 123Scan configuration file. 320 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Introduction Setting Parameters This chapter describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming. The scanner can read 6 to 60 point OCR typeface. It supports font types OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR E13B, and US Currency Serial Number. OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. All OCR fonts are disabled by default. Enabling OCR could slow barcode decoding. You can enable OCR-A and OCR-B at the same time, but not other combined font types. To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the imager powers down. note Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge. To return all features to default values, scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default

*Enable Parameter

(1) Feature/option Option value 321 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable OCR-B, scan the Enable OCR-B barcode under <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR-B on page 17-326. The scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See the parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning OCR Parameter Defaults Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 17-19 lists the defaults for OCR parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

Scan the appropriate barcodebarcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in memory. To recall default parameter values, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5. Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 17, 123Scan and Software Tools. note See <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix A, Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 17-19 OCR Programming Default Table Parameter SSI Number Default Page Number Parameter Number OCR Programming Parameters OCR-A F1h A8h Disable OCR-A Variant F1h ACh OCR-A Full ASCII 680 684 681 685 682 683 687 691 OCR-B OCR-B Variant MICR E13B US Currency OCR Orientation OCR Lines

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-323

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-325

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-326

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-331

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-332

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-332

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-334 F1h ADh OCR-B Full ASCII <em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-327 F1h A9h Disable F1h AAh Disable F1h ABh Disable F1h AFh F1h B3h 0o 1 322 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Table 17-19 OCR Programming Default Table (Continued) Parameter SSI Number Default Page Number Parameter Number OCR Minimum Characters 689 F1h B1h 3 OCR Maximum Characters 690 F1h B2h 100 OCR Subset F1h AEh Selected font variant

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-335 OCR Quiet Zone F1h B7h 50 686 695 547 688 856 1770 OCR Template F1h 23h 99999999 OCR Check Digit Modulus F1h B0h 1 OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 F1h BCh 121212121212 OCR Check Digit Validation 694 F1h B6h None Inverse OCR F2h 58h Regular OCR Redundancy F8h 06h EAh Level 1

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-334

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-335

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-336

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-336

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-345

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-346

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-348

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-353

<em_Emphasis>

<bl_blue>17-354 OCR Programming Parameters OCR-A Parameter # 680 (SSI # F1h A8h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-A. note OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Subset on page 17-335 and <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template on page 17-336. 323 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Enable OCR-A

(1)

*Disable OCR-A

(0) 324 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR-A Variant Parameter # 684 (SSI # F1 ACh) The font variant sets a processing algorithm and default character subset for the given font. To choose a variant, scan one of the following barcodes. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy. OCR-A supports the following variants:

!"#$()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ\^

$*+-./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

$*+-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Special banking characters output as the following representative characters:

note Enable OCR-A before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-A, set the variant to its default

(OCR-A Full ASCII). OCR-A Full ASCII OCR-A Reserved 1 OCR-A Reserved 2 OCR-A Banking

-0123456789<>

outputs as f outputs as c outputs as h

*OCR-A Full ASCII

(0) OCR-A Reserved 1

(1) 325 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR-A Variant (continued) OCR-A Reserved 2

(2) OCR-A Banking

(3) OCR-B Parameter # 681 9SSI # F1h A9h) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-B. note OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Subset on page 17-335 and <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template on page 17-336. Enable OCR-B

(1)

*Disable OCR-B

(0) 326 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR-B Variant Parameter # 685 (SSI # F1h ADh) OCR-B has the following variants. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy. OCR-B Full ASCII

!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|

OCR-B Banking

#+-0123456789<>JNP|

OCR-B Limited

+,-./0123456789<>ACENPSTVX OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers

-0123456789>BCEINPSXz OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers

-0123456789>BCEINPSXz

!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|

OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3-Line ID Cards

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ OCR-B Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect OCR-B Passport OCR-B Visa Type A OCR-B Visa Type B

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents This allows reading either TD1, TD2, Passport, Visa Type A, or Visa Type B without switching between these options. It automatically recognizes the travel document read. Scanning any ISBN Book Number automatically applies the appropriate ISBN checksum. 327 Draft v 10 OCR Programming To choose a variant, scan one of the barcodes below. Selecting the following OCR-B variants automatically sets the appropriate <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Lines on page 17-334. These five variants invoke extensive special algorithms and checking for that particular document type:

Variant Passport TD1 ID Cards TD2 ID Cards Visa Type A Visa Type B OCR Lines Setting 2 3 2 2 2 note When setting one of the variants above with both OCR-A and OCR-B enabled, the scanner reads the specified travel document but does not read OCR-A. When the OCR-B variant is set back to the default

(OCR-B Full ASCII), the scanner reads OCR-A. note Enable OCR-B before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-B, set the variant to its default

(OCR-B Full ASCII).

*OCR-B Full ASCII

(0) OCR-B Limited

(2) OCR-B Banking

(1) OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers

(6) 328 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR-B Variant (continued) OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers

(7) OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3 Line ID Cards

(3) Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect

(20) OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards

(8) OCR-B Passport

(4) 329 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR-B Variant (continued) OCR-B Visa Type B

(10) OCR-B Visa Type A

(9) OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents

(11) 330 Draft v 10 OCR Programming MICR E13B Parameter # 682 (SSI # F1h AAh) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MICR E13B. MICR E 13B uses the following characters:

TOAD characters (Transit, On Us, Amount, and Dash) output as the following representative characters:

note OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Subset on page 17-335 and <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template on page 17-336. outputs as t outputs as a outputs as o outputs as d Enable MICR E13B

(1)

*Disable MICR E13B

(0) 331 Draft v 10 OCR Programming US Currency Serial Number Parameter # 683 (SSI # F1h ABh) Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Currency Serial Number. note OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Subset on page 17-335 and <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template on page 17-336. Enable US Currency

(1)

*Disable US Currency

(0) OCR Orientation Parameter # 687 (SSI # F1h AFh) Select one of five options to specify the orientation of the OCR to read:

0o to the imaging engine (default) 270o clockwise (or 90o counterclockwise) to the imaging engine 180o (upside down) to the imaging engine 90o clockwise to the imaging engine Omnidirectional Setting an incorrect orientation can cause misdecodes. 332 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Orientation (continued)

*OCR Orientation 0o

(0) OCR Orientation 180o Clockwise

(2) OCR Orientation Omnidirectional

(4) OCR Orientation 270o Clockwise

(1) OCR Orientation 90o Clockwise

(3) 333 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Lines Parameter # 691 (SSI # F1h B3h) To select the number of OCR lines to decode, scan one of the following barcodes. Selecting Visas, TD1, or TD2 ID cards automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines. Also see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR-B Variant on page 17-327.

*OCR 1 Line

(1) OCR 3 Lines

(3) OCR 2 Lines

(2) OCR Minimum Characters Parameter # 689 (SSI # F1h B1h) To select the minimum number of OCR characters (not including spaces) per line to decode, scan the following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters less than the minimum are ignored. The default is 003. OCR Minimum Characters 334 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Maximum Characters Parameter # 690 (SSI # F1h B2h) To select the maximum number of OCR characters (including spaces) per line to decode, scan the following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters greater than the maximum are ignored. The default is 100. OCR Maximum Characters OCR Subset Parameter # 686 (SSI # F1h AEh) Create an OCR subset to define a custom group of characters in place of a preset font variant. For example, if scanning only numbers and the letters A, B, and C, create a subset of just these characters to speed decoding. This applies a designated OCR Subset across all enabled OCR fonts. To set or modify the OCR font subset:

1. Enable the appropriate OCR font(s). 2. Scan the OCR Subset barcode. 3. Scan numbers and letters to form the OCR Subset from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix H, Alphanumeric Barodes. 4. Scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>End of Message on page H-7. OCR Subset To cancel an OCR subset, for OCR-A or OCR-B, scan OCR-A variant Full ASCII, or OCR-B variant Full ASCII. For MICR E13B or US Currency Serial Number, create a subset which includes all allowed characters in that character set, or scan an option from the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Default Parameters on page 6-5 and re-program the scanner. 335 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Quiet Zone Parameter # 695 (SSI # F1h B7h) This option sets the OCR quiet zone. The scanner stops scanning a field when it detects a sufficiently wide blank space. The width of this space is defined by the End of Field option. Used with parsers that tolerate slanted characters, the End of Field count is approximately a count of 8 for a character width. For example, if set to 15, then two character widths are an end of line indicator for the parser. Larger end of field numbers require bigger quiet zones at each end of text line. To set a quiet zone, scan the following barcode, then scan a two-digit number using the numeric keypad in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. The range of the quiet zone is 20 - 99 and the default is 50, indicating a six character width quiet zone. OCR Quiet Zone OCR Template Parameter # 547 (SSI # F1h 23h) This option creates a template for precisely matching scanned OCR characters to a desired input format. Appropriate OCR template needs to be set before using OCR features. To set or modify the OCR decode template, scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template barcode, and then scan barcodes on the following pages that correspond to numbers and letters to form the template expression. Then scan End of Message. The default is 99999999 which accepts OCR strings only containing eight digits. OCR Template End of Message 336 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Required Digit (9) Only a numeric character is accepted in this position. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99999 12987 30517 123AB 9 Required Alpha (A) Only an alpha character is accepted in this position. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AAAAA ABCDE UVWXY 12FGH Optional Alphanumeric (1) An alphanumeric character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99991 1234A 12345 1234<

A 1 337 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Optional Alpha (2) An alpha character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AAAA2 ABCDE WXYZ ABCD6 Alpha or Digit (3) An alphanumeric character is required in this position to validate the incoming data. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 33333 12ABC WXY34 12AB<

3 Any Including Space & Reject (4) Any character is accepted in this position, including space and reject. It cannot be the first place in a template. An underscore (_) represents rejects in the output. This is a good selection for troubleshooting. Template Valid data Valid data 99499 12$34 34 98 2 4 338 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Any except Space & Reject (5) Any character is accepted in this position, except a space or reject. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 55999 A.123

*Z456 A BCD Optional Digit (7) A numeric character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99977 12345 789 789AB 7 Digit or Fill (8) Any numeric or fill character is accepted in this position. Template Valid data Valid data Valid data 88899 12345

>>789

<<789 5 8 339 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Alpha or Fill (F) Any alpha or fill character is accepted in this position. Template Valid data Valid data Valid data AAAFF ABCXY LMN>>

ABC<5 F

. Optional Space ( ) A space is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99 99 12 34 1234 67891 Space Optional Small Special (.) A special character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Small special characters are - , and . Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AA.99 MN.35 XY98 XYZ12 Other Template Operators Literal String (" and +) These template operators assist in capturing, delimiting, and formatting scanned OCR data. Use either of these delimiting characters surrounding characters from the alphanumeric keyboard in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix H, Alphanumeric Barodes to define a literal string within a template 340 Draft v 10 OCR Programming that must be present in scanned OCR data. There are two characters used to delimit required literal strings; if one of the delimiter characters is present in the desired literal string, use the other delimiter. Template Valid data Invalid data

"35+BC"

35+BC AB+22 E

New Line (E) To create a template of multiple lines, add E between the template of each single line. Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 999EAAAA 321 BCAD 987 ZXYW XYZW 12 This operator combined with others defines a string of characters to extract from the scanned data. The string extract is structured as follows:

String Extract (C) CbPe Where:

C is the string extract operator b is the string begin delimiter P is the category (one or more numeric or alpha characters) describing the string representation e is the string end delimiter 341 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Values for b and e can be any scannable character. They are included in the output stream. Template C>A>

Incoming data Output XQ3>ABCDE>

->ATHRUZ>123 1ABCZXYZ

>ABCDE>

>ATHRUZ>

No Output Ignore to End of Field (D) This operator causes all characters after a template to be ignored. Use this as the last character in a template expression. Examples for the template 999D:

C Template 999D Incoming data Output 123-PED 357298 193 123 357 193 This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is detected. It can be used in two ways:

D Skip Until (P1) P1ct Where:

Where:

P1 is the Skip Until operator c is the type of character that triggers the start of output t is one or more template characters P1"s"t P1 is the Skip Until operator

"s" is one or more literal string characters (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Literal String (" and +) on page 17-340) that trigger the start of output t is one or more template characters 342 Draft v 10 OCR Programming The trigger character or literal string is included in output from a Skip Until operator, and the first character in the template should accommodate this trigger. Template Incoming data P1"PN"AA9999 123PN9876 PN1234 X-PN3592 Output PN9876 PN1234 PN3592 P This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is not matched in the output stream. It can be used in two ways:

1 Skip Until Not (P0) P0ct Where:

Where:

P0 is the Skip Until Not operator c is the type of character that triggers the start of output t is one or more template characters P0"s"t P0 is the Skip Until Not operator

"s" is one or more literal string characters (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Literal String (" and +) on page 17-340) that trigger the start of output t is one or more template characters 343 Draft v 10 The trigger character or literal string is not included in output from a Skip Until Not operator. Template P0A9999 Template Incoming data P0"PN"9999 OCR Programming Incoming data BPN3456 PN1234 5341 PN3456 5341 PNPN7654 Output 3456 1234 No output Output 3456 No output 7654 Repeat Previous (R) This operator allows a template character to repeat one or more times, allowing the capture of variable-length scanned data. The following examples capture two required alpha characters followed by one or more required digits:

0 Template AA9R Incoming data AB3 PN12345 32RM52700 Output AB3 PN12345 No output P R 344 Draft v 10 This operator steps through scanned data one character at a time until the data matches the template. Scroll Until Match (S) Template S99999 OCR Programming Incoming data AB3 PN12345 32RM52700 Output No Output 12345 52700 S Multiple Templates This feature sets up multiple templates for OCR decoding. To do this, follow the procedure described in

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template on page 17-336 (scan the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template barcode, and then barcodes corresponding to numbers and letters to form the template expression, and then End of Message) for each template in the multiple template string, using a capital letter X as a separator between templates. For example, set the <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Template as 99999XAAAAA to decode OCR strings of either 12345 or ABCDE. Template Examples Following are sample templates with descriptions of valid data for each definition. Field Definition

"M"99977

"X"997777"X"

9959775599 characters, A55"-"999"-"99 digits. 33A"."99 999992991 alphanumeric.

"PN98"

Description M followed by three digits and two optional digits. X followed by two digits, four optional digits, and an X. Two digits followed by any character, a digit, two optional digits, any two and two digits. A letter followed by two characters, a dash, three digits, a dash, and two Two alphanumeric characters followed by a letter, a period, and two digits. Five digits followed by an optional alpha, two digits, and an optional Literal field - PN98 OCR Check Digit Modulus Parameter # 688 (SSI # F1h B0h) The check digit is the last digit (in the right-most position) in an OCR string and improves the accuracy of the collected data. This option sets OCR module check digit calculation. The calculation is performed on 345 Draft v 10 OCR Programming incoming data to determine this check digit, based on the numeric weight of the alpha and numeric characters. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346. If the incoming data does not match the check digit, the data is considered corrupt. The selected check digit option does not take effect until you set <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Validation on page 17-348. To choose the Check Digit Modulus, such as 10 for Modulus 10, scan the following barcode, and then scan a three-digit number from 001 to 099 representing the check digit using the numeric keypad in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix G, Numeric Barcodes. The default is 1. OCR Check Digit OCR Check Digit Multiplier Parameter # 700 (SSI # F1h BCh) This option sets OCR check digit multipliers for character positions. For check digit validation, each character in scanned data has an assigned weight to use in calculating the check digit. The scanner OCR ships with the following weight equivalents:

0 = 0 1 = 1 2 = 2 3 = 3 4 = 4 5 = 5 6 = 6 7 = 7 8 = 8 9 = 9 A = 10 B = 11 C = 12 D = 13 E = 14 F = 15 G = 16 H = 17 I = 18 J = 19 K = 20 L = 21 M = 22 N = 23 O = 24 P = 25 Q = 26 R = 27 S = 28 T = 29 U = 30 V = 31 W = 32 X = 33 Y = 34 Z = 35 Space = 0 All other characters are equivalent to one (1). You can define the multiplier string if it is different from the default. 121212121212 (default) 123456789A (for ISBN, Product Add Right to Left. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Validation on page 17-348) For example:

ISBN Multiplier Product 0 10 0 2 9 18 0 8 0 1 7 7 1 6 6 8 5 3 4 9 3 9 2 40 12 27 18 4 1 4 Product add 0+

18+ 0+

7+

6+

40+ 12+ 27+ 18+ 4=

132 ISBN uses Modulus 11 for the check digit. In this case, 132 is divisible by 11, so it passes the check digit. 346 Draft v 10 OCR Programming To set the check digit multiplier, scan the following barcode, and then scan numbers and letters to form the multiplier string from <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix H, Alphanumeric Barodes. Then scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>End of Message on page H-7. OCR Check Digit Multiplier 347 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Check Digit Validation Parameter # 694 (SSI # F1h B6h) Use the following options to protect against scanning errors by applying a check digit validation scheme. None No check digit validation, indicating no check digit is applied. This is the default.

*No Check Digit

(0) Product Add Left to Right Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). Each digit representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier, and the sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 1 1 3 2 6 2 3 6 4 4 5 5 6 6 16 25 36 Product add 1+

6+

6+

16+

25+

36=

90 The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 90 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is zero). Product Add Left to Right

(3) Product Add Right to Left Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed 348 Draft v 10 OCR Programming multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132459 (check digit is 9) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 6 6 3 5 15 2 4 8 4 3 5 2 12 10 9 1 9 Product add 6+

15+ 8+

12+

10+

9=

60 The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 60 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0). Product Add Right to Left

(1) Digit Add Left to Right Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 1 1 3 2 6 2 3 6 4 4 5 5 6 6 16 25 36 Digit add 1+

6+

6+

1+6+ 2+5+ 3+6= 36 The Check Digit Modulus is 12. It passes because 36 is divisible by 12 (the remainder is 0). Digit Add Left to Right

(4) 349 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Digit Add Right to Left Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 6 6 3 5 15 2 4 8 4 3 5 2 12 10 6 1 6 Digit add 6+

1+5+ 8+

1+2+ 1+0+ 6=

30 The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 30 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0). Digit Add Right to Left

(2) Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products except for the check digit's product is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 122456 (check digit is 6) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 6 6 2 5 10 2 4 8 4 3 5 2 12 10 Product add 6+

10+ 8+

12+

10=

46 6 1 6 6 350 Draft v 10 OCR Programming The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 46 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 6. Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(5) Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 17-346). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products except for the check digit's product is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product. Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 122459 (check digit is 6) Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit Multiplier Product 1 6 6 2 5 10 2 4 8 4 3 5 2 12 10 Digit add 6+

1+0+ 8+

1+2+ 1+0= 19 9 1 9 9 The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 19 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 9. Digit Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(6) Health Industry - HIBCC43 This is the health industry module 43 check digit standard. The check digit is the modulus 43 sum of all the character values in a given message, and is printed as the last character in a given message. Example:

Supplier Labeling Data Structure: + A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1 Sum of values: 41+10+1+2+3+11+19+12+5+13+6+14+7+1 = 145 351 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Divide 145 by 43. The quotient is 3 with a remainder of 16. The check digit is the character corresponding to the value of the remainder (see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 17-20), which in this example is 16, or G. The complete Supplier Labeling Data Structure, including the check digit, therefore is:

A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1 G Table 17-20 Table of Numeric Value Assignments for Computing HIBC LIC Data Format Check Digit 0 = 0 1 = 1 2 = 2 3 = 3 4 = 4 5 = 5 6 = 6 7 = 7 8 = 8 9 = 9 A = 10 B = 11 C = 12 D = 13 E = 14 F = 15 G = 16 H = 17 I = 18 J = 19 K = 20 L = 21 M = 22 N = 23 O = 24 P = 25 Q = 26 R = 27 S = 28 T = 29 U =30 V = 31 W = 32 X = 33 Y = 34 Z = 35 Space = 38

- = 36

. = 37

$ = 39

/ = 40

+ = 41

% = 42 Health Industry - HIBCC43

(9) 352 Draft v 10 OCR Programming Inverse OCR Parameter # 856 (SSI # F2h 58h) Inverse OCR is white or light words on a black or dark background. Select an option for decoding inverse OCR:

Regular Only - Decode regular OCR (black on white) strings only. Inverse Only - Decode inverse OCR (white on black) strings only. Autodiscriminate - Decode both regular and inverse OCR strings.

*Regular Only

(0) Autodiscriminate

(2) Inverse Only

(1) 353 Draft v 10 OCR Programming OCR Redundancy Parameter # 1770 (SSI # F8h 06h EAh) This option adjusts the number of times to decode an OCR text string before transmission. There are three levels of OCR decode redundancy. There is an inverse relationship between the redundancy level and OCR decoding aggressiveness. Increasing the level of the redundancy can reduce OCR scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of redundancy necessary. OCR Redundancy Level 1: This default setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient accuracy in decoding most in-spec OCR text strings. OCR Redundancy Level 2: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness. OCR Redundancy Level 3: Select this option with greater redundancy requirements if OCR Redundancy Level 2 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

*OCR Redundancy Level 1

(1) OCR Redundancy Level 3

(3) OCR Redundancy Level 2

(2) 354 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Introduction The CS6080 digital scanner is capable of parsing out information from standard US driver's licenses and certain other American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) compliant ID cards. This is achieved using internally embedded algorithms, where scanning barcodes activates algorithms internally embedded in the digital scanner to produce formatted data. Use the formatted data for age verification, credit card application information, and more. This chapter describes how to program the CS6080 digital scanner to read and use the data contained in the 2D barcodes on US driver's licenses and AAMVA compliant ID cards. Table 18-21 DL Parsing Parameter Table Parameter Default DL Parsing Parameters Drivers License Parsing No Drivers License Parsing Parsing Drivers License Data Fields Drivers License Parse Field Barcodes AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes Set Default Parameter Output Gender as M or F N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Date Format CCYYMMDD 355 Page Number

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-357

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-358

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-359

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-362

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-372

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-372

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-373 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Table 18-21 DL Parsing Parameter Table (Continued) Parameter Default No Separator Send Keystroke Control Characters Keyboard Characters N/A N/A Parsing Rule Example N/A Embedded Drivers License Parsing ADF Example N/A Page Number

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-374

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-375

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-375

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-379

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-394

<em_Empha sis><bl_blue

>18-398 356 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Drivers License Parsing Parameter # 645 (SSI # F1 85) To enable driver's license parsing on the digital scanner, scan the Embedded Driver's License Parsing barcode. This does not require Zebra software (.DLL). Scan the barcodes on the following pages in the order indicating the sequence of data fields that the digital scanner outputs. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Parsing Drivers License Data Fields (Embedded Driver's License Parsing) on page 18-358 for more information.

*No Drivers License Parsing Embedded Drivers License Parsing 357 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Parsing Drivers License Data Fields

(Embedded Driver's License Parsing) To begin programming a parsing rule:

1. Scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Begin New Drivers License Parse Rule on page 18-359. 2. Scan any of the field barcodes on the following pages, or <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Send Keystroke

(Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) on page 18-375 to complete the parsing rule. 3. After entering the entire rule, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Save Drivers License Parse Rule on page 18-359 to save the rule. the prior rule. note Only ONE drivers license parsing rule may be stored in memory at any time. Saving a new rule replaces To abort the programming sequence at any time during programming, scan

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Quit Entering Drivers License Rule on page 18-359. Any previously saved rule is retained. To erase a programmed saved rule, scan <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Erase Drivers License Parse Rules on page 18-359. Embedded Driver's License Parsing Criteria - Code Type After specifying the fields and their order for the parsed driver's license, you can also apply standard ADF rules to the parsed data using the Parsed Drivers License criterion barcode in the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide. note Only create standard ADF rules on parsed driver's license data when configured for Embedded Driver's License Parsing. See <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Embedded Driver's License Parsing ADF Example on page 18-398 for a sample ADF rule using this code type criterion. 358 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Drivers License Parse Field Barcodes Begin New Drivers License Parse Rule Quit Entering Drivers License Rule Save Drivers License Parse Rule Erase Drivers License Parse Rules 359 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Drivers License Parse Field Barcodes (continued) The parse fields currently supported begin below. Not all IDs present data in the same format. For example, some IDs may have separate fields for first name, last name, and middle initial, and others may have a single field with the entire name. In addition, some IDs may expire on the subject's birth date and the actual expiration date field may only indicate the year. In order to present data in a consistent format, the following nine barcodes return data that may be calculated from the actual data contained within the ID barcode. First Name Last Name Name Prefix Birth Date Middle Name/Initial Name Suffix Expiration Date 360 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Drivers License Parse Field Barcode (continued) Issue Date ID Number (Formatted) 361 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes AAMVA Issuer ID Last Name Middle Name / Initial Name Prefix 362 Full Name First Name Name Suffix Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcode (continued) Mailing Address Line 1 Mailing Address City Mailing Address Postal Code Home Address Line 2 363 Mailing Address Line 2 Mailing Address State Home Address Line 1 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Home Address City Home Address Postal Code License Class License Endorsements 364 Home Address State License ID Number License Restrictions Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Height (Feet and/or Inches) Height (Centimeters) Weight (Kilograms) Hair Color Weight (Pounds) Eye Color License Expiration Date 365 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Birth Date License Issue Date Social Security Number Permit Expiration Date 366 Gender License Issue State Permit Class Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Permit ID Number Permit Restrictions AKA Social Security Name AKA Last Name Permit Issue Date Permit Endorsements AKA Full Name AKA First Name 367 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) AKA Middle Name / Initial AKA Name Suffix AKA Birth Date Number of Duplicates AKA Name Prefix Issue Timestamp Medical Codes 368 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Organ Donor Customer ID Document Discriminator Federal Commission Codes 369 Nonresident Weight Range Country Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Place of Birth Inventory Control Std Vehicle Class Std Restrictions Audit Information Race / Ethnicity Std Endorsements 370 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up AAMVA Parse Field Barcodes (continued) Class Description Restrictions Description Height in Centimeters Parser Version ID Barcodes Include this field to emit embedded parser software version identification Endorsement Description Height in Inches Parser Version ID 371 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up User Preferences Set Default Parameter

*Set All Defaults Scan this barcode to return all parameters to the default values listed in <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table A-1 on page A-1. Output Gender as M or F Scan this barcode to report the gender as M or F instead of a numeric value. Output gender as M or F 372 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Date Format Use these barcodes to select the date format that is displayed. Date fields include the following:

CCYY = 4-digit year (CC=2-digit century [00-99], YY=2-digit year in the century [00-99]) MM = 2-digit month [01-12]

DD = 2-digit day of the month [00-31]

The default is Date Format CCYYMMDD. note To specify a date separator, i.e., a character separating each field of the date, scan the Send <character>

barcode that corresponds to the alphanumeric character to use as the date separator immediately following the date format barcode. To select no date separator, scan the No Separator DL parsing rule immediately following the date format barcode.

*CCYYMMDD MMDDCCYY DDMMCCYY CCYYDDMM MMCCYYDD DDCCYYMM 373 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Date Format (continued) YYMMDD MMDDYY DDMMYY YYDDMM MMYYDD DDYYMM No Separator Scan this barcode immediately following a date format barcode to use no separator character between the date fields. No Separator 374 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) Control Characters Scan a Send barcode for the keystroke to send. Send Control A Send Control C Send Control E Send Control G Send Control B Send Control D Send Control F Send Control H 375 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Control Characters (continued) Send Control I Send Control K Send Control M Send Control O Send Control J Send Control L Send Control N Send Control P 376 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Control Characters (continued) Send Control Q Send Control S Send Control U Send Control W Send Control R Send Control T Send Control V 377 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Control Characters (continued) Send Control X Send Control Z Send Control \

Send Control Y Send Control [

Send Control ]

378 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Control Characters (continued) Send Control 6 Keyboard Characters Scan a Send barcode for the keyboard characters to send. Send Control -

Send Space Send Send !

Send #

379 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send $

Send &

Send (

Send *

Send %

Send Send ) 380 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send +

Send -

Send /

Send 1 Send , Send . Send 0 381 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 2 Send 4 Send 6 Send 8 Send 3 Send 5 Send 7 382 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 9 Send ;

Send =

Send ?

Send :

Send <

Send >

383 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send @

Send B Send D Send F Send A Send C Send E 384 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send G Send I Send K Send M Send H Send J Send L 385 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send N Send P Send R Send T Send O Send Q Send S 386 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send U Send W Send Y Send [

Send V Send X Send Z 387 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send \

Send ^

Send `

Send b Send ]

Send _ Send a 388 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send c Send e Send g Send i Send d Send f Send h 389 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send j Send l Send n Send p Send k Send m Send o 390 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send q Send s Send u Send w Send r Send t Send v 391 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send x Send z Send |

Send ~

Send y Send {

Send }

392 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Keyboard Characters (continued) Send Tab Key Send Enter Key 393 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Parsing Rule Example Scan the following barcodes in sequence to program the digital scanner to extract and transmit first, middle, and last names; mailing address line 1; mailing address line 2; mailing address city; mailing address state; mailing address postal code; and, date of birth. Then, scan a drivers license barcodebarcode. note This example applies to RS-232. To use this example with a USB interface, enable

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Function Key Mapping on page 8-9 to send the Enter key properly. Embedded Drivers License Parsing 1 3 5 First Name Middle Name / Initial Begin New Drivers License Parse Rule 2 4 6 Send Space Send Space 394 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Parsing Rule Example (continued) Last Name 7 9 11 Mailing Address Line 1 Mailing Address Line 2 Send Enter Key Send Space 8 10 12 Send Enter Key 395 Draft v 10 Send Space 14 16 Send Space Drivers License Set Up Parsing Rule Example (continued) Mailing Address City Mailing Address State 13 15 17 Mailing Address Postal Code 396 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Parsing Rule Example (continued) Send Enter Key 18 20 Send Enter Key 19 Birth Date 21 Save Drivers Licence Parse Rule 397 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Embedded Driver's License Parsing ADF Example This example creates a parsing rule for parsed data configured to result in the format:

Last Name, First Name Begin New Drivers License Parse Rule 1 3 5 Send , First Name Last Name Send Space 2 4 6 Save Drivers Licence Parse Rule 398 Draft v 10 Drivers License Set Up Then, in order to limit the full name to 15 characters, create the following ADF rule:

Begin New Rule 1 3 Action: Send Next 15 Characters Criterion: Parsed Driver's License 2 4 Save Rule For a license belonging to Michael Williams, the parsed data is Williams, Michael and Williams, Micha after applying the previous ADF rule. 399 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Table 19 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Dump Scanner Parameters N/A N/A N/A Report Software Version N/A N/A N/A Serial Number N/A N/A N/A Manufacturing Information N/A N/A N/A Radio Communications Radio Communications Host Types N/A N/A Cradle Host Bluetooth Friendly Name 607 F1h 5Fh n/a Discoverable Mode 610 F1h 62h General Wi-Fi Friendly Mode 1299 F8h 05h 77h Disable Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion N/A N/A Use All Channels 400 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>4-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>4-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>4-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>4-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 1 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Radio Output Power 1324 F8h 05h 2Ch High Link Supervision Timeout 1698 F8h 06h A2h 5 sec Bluetooth Radio State 1354 F8h 05h 4Ah On HID Features for Apple iOS 1114 F8h 04h 5Ah Disable HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay (0 msec) HID CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Disable HID Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Enable Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable Fast HID Keyboard 1361 F8h 05h 51h Enable Quick Keypad Emulation 1362 F8h 05h 52h Enable HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable 401 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 9 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default HID Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion Auto-Reconnect Option 604 F1h 5Ch Auto-Reconnect Immediately Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback 559 F1h 2Fh Disable Reconnect Attempt Interval 558 F1h 2Eh 30 sec Sleep Between Attempts 1778 F8h 06h F2h Sleep for 1 Minute Number of Retry Attempts 1779 F8h 06h F3h Do Not Retry Beep on Insertion 288 20h Enable Modes of Operation

(Point-to-Point/Multipoint-to-Point) Parameter Broadcast (Cradle Host Only) Pairing Modes 538 148 542 F1 1A Point-to-Point 94h Enable F1h 1Eh Unlocked Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-1 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 7 5-28 5-29

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-2 8 402 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Pairing on Contacts 545 F1h 21h Enable Toggle Pairing 1322 F8h 05h 2Ah Disable Connection Maintenance Interval N/A N/A 15 Minutes Batch Mode 544 F1h 20h Normal (Do Not Batch Data) Persistent Batch Storage 1399 F8h 05h 77h Disable Page Button 746 F1h EAh Enable Page Mode 1364 F8h 05h 54h Page Simple Page Stage Timeout 1365 F8h 05h 55h 30 Seconds Bluetooth Classic and/or Low Energy (Cradle Host Only) 1355 F8h 05h 4Bh Classic and Low Energy PIN Code (Set and Store) Variable Pin Code 552 608 F1h 28h 12345 F1h 60h Static

(Default PIN code is 12345) Bluetooth Security Levels 1393 F8h 05h 71h Low Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 8 5-39 5-40

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>5-3 9 403 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default User Preferences Set Default Parameter N/A N/A Restore Defaults Parameter Barcode Scanning 236 ECh Enable Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable Beep on <BEL>

150 96 Enable Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium Beeper Duration 628 F1h 74h Medium Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 F1h D1h Do Not Suppress Decode Pager Motor (HC units only) 613 F1h 65h Enable Decode Pager Motor Duration (HC units only) 626 F1h 72h 150 msec Night Mode Trigger (CS6080-HC Only) 1215 F8h 04h BFh Disable 404 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 5 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Night Mode Toggle (CS6080-HC Only) N/A N/A N/A Lamp Mode Control 1711 F8h 06h AFh Disable - for SR Models Lamp Mode Timeout 1712 F8h 06h B0h 5 Minutes Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning - for HC models Low Power Mode 128 80h Enable Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 5 sec Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim 729 F1h D9h 15 sec Battery Preservation Mode 1765 F8h 06h E5h Enable Hand-Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Level Hands-Free Mode 630 F1h 76h Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern 306 F0h 32h Enable Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming Pattern 590 F1h 4Eh Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern 405 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-1 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 5 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Picklist Mode 402 F0h 92h Disabled Always FIPS Mode 736 F1h E0h Disable Continuous Barcode Read 649 F1h 89h Disable Unique Barcode Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9.9 sec Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout 400 F0h 90h 15 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 137 89h 0.5 sec Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols 144 90h 0.1 sec Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol 724 F1 D4 Disable Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) 537 F1h 19h Auto Mobile Phone/Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal 406 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-2 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 3 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 F1h D0h 200 ms Presentation Mode Field of View 609 F1h 61h Full Decoding Illumination 298 F0h 2Ah Enable Illumination Brightness 669 F1h 9Dh High Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858 F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance Add an Enter Key N/A N/A N/A Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None Prefix Value 99, 105 63h, 69h 7013 <CR><LF>

Suffix 1 Value Suffix 2 Value 98, 104 100, 106 62h, 68h 64h, 6Ah 7013 <CR><LF>

Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-3 9 407 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data as is FN1 Substitution Values 103, 109 67h, 6Dh 7013 <CR><LF>

Transmit No Read Message 94 5Eh Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h 5Eh Disable securPharm 1752 F8h 06h D8h Disable securPharm Output Formatting 1753 F8h 06h D9h No Formatting Imaging Preferences Operational Modes N/A N/A N/A Image Capture Illumination 361 F0h 69h Enable Image Capture Autoexposure 360 F0h 68h Enable Fixed Exposure 567 F4h F1h 37h 100 Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode 562 F1h 32h Autodetect 408 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>6-4 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-7 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 F0h 2Ch Enable Silence Operational Mode Changes 1293 F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence) Image Cropping 301 F0h 2Dh Disable Crop to Pixel Addresses Image Size (Number of Pixels) 315 316 317 318 302 F4h F0h 3Bh F4h F0h 3Ch F4h F0h 3Dh F4h F0h 3Eh 0 top 0 left 959 bottom 1279 right F0h 2Eh Full Image Brightness (Target White) 390 F0h 86h 180 JPEG Image Options 299 F0h 2Bh Quality JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB JPEG Quality and Size Value 305 F0h 31h 65 Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low (1) Image File Format Selector 304 F0h 30h JPEG 409 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 6 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 Bits per Pixel (BPP) 303 F0h 2Fh 8 BPP Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable Signature Capture Image File Format Selector 313 F0h 39h JPEG Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) 314 F0h 3Ah 8 BPP Signature Capture Width 366 F4h F0h 6Eh 400 Signature Capture Height 367 F4h F0h 6Fh 100 Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 F0h A5h 65 USB Host Parameters USB Device Type N/A N/A HID Keyboard Emulation <em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-4 Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking N/A N/A Enable USB Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay 410 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-1 9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-2 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-2 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-2 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-2 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>7-2 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-6 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default USB CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Disable USB Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Send USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 N/A N/A Disable Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero N/A N/A Enable Quick Keypad Emulation N/A N/A Enable USB FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion USB Static CDC N/A N/A Enable TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep 1360 550h Honor TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive N/A N/A Ignore Beep Directive 411 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-9

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 2 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive N/A N/A Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive USB Polling Interval N/A N/A 3 msec USB Fast HID N/A N/A Enable IBM Specification Version N/A N/A Version 2.2 SSI Select SSI Host N/A N/A N/A Baud Rate 156 9Ch 9600 Parity Check Parity Stop Bits Software Handshaking 158 151 157 159 9Eh 97h 9Dh 9Fh None Disable 1 ACK/NAK Host RTS Line State 154 9Ah Low Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode Data Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>8-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 0

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 1 9-13 9-14 9-14

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 1

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 1 412 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Host Serial Response Time-out 155 9Bh 2 sec Host Character Time-out 239 EFh 200 msec Multipacket Option 334 F0h 4Eh Option 1 Interpacket Delay 335 F0h 4Fh 0 ms Event Reporting Decode Event 256 F0h 00h Disable Boot Up Event 258 F0h 02h Disable Parameter Event 259 F0h 03h Disable RS-232 Host Parameters RS-232 Host Types N/A N/A Standard Baud Rate N/A N/A 9600 Parity Type N/A N/A None 413 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 7

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 8

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>9-1 8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

6

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

9 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default N/A N/A 1 Stop Bit N/A N/A 8-Bit Stop Bits Data Bits Check Receive Errors N/A N/A Enable Hardware Handshaking N/A N/A None Software Handshaking N/A N/A None Host Serial Response Time-out N/A N/A 2 sec RTS Line State N/A N/A Low RTS Beep on <BEL>

N/A N/A Disable Intercharacter Delay N/A N/A 0 msec Nixdorf Beep/LED Options N/A N/A Normal Operation Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Send Barcode IBM 468X/469X Host Parameters 414 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

13

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

16

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

16

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

17

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

18

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

18 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Port Address N/A N/A None Selected Convert Unknown to Code 39 N/A N/A Disable RS-485 Beep Directive N/A N/A Honor RS-485 Barcode Configuration Directive N/A N/A Ignore IBM-485 Specification Version N/A N/A Original Specification Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters Keyboard Wedge Host Type N/A N/A IBM AT Notebook Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Transmit Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay Intra-Keystroke Delay N/A N/A Disable Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation N/A N/A Enable Quick Keypad Emulation N/A N/A Enable 415 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>11-

4

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>11-

5

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>11-

5

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>11-

6

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>11-

6

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

4

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

4

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

5

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

5

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

6

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

6 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable Caps Lock Override N/A N/A Disable Convert Wedge Case N/A N/A No Convert Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable Send Make and Break N/A N/A Send Make and Break Scan Codes Enable/Disable All Code Types 1D Symbologies UPC/EAN UPC-A UPC-E UPC-E1 1 2 01h Enable 02h Enable 12 0Ch Disable 416 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

7

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

7

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

9

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>12-

9

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

9

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

9 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable Bookland EAN 53h Disable Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2 and 5 digits) 10h Ignore User-Programmable Supplementals 000 Supplemental 1:

Supplemental 2:

F1h 43h F1h 44h UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 50h 10 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID 672 F1h A0h Combined UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable 4 3 83 16 579 580 80 40 41 42 417 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

12

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

16

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

17

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

17

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

18

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

18 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable Bookland ISBN Format 576 F1h 40h ISBN-10 UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable Coupon Report 730 F1h DAh New Coupon Format ISSN EAN 617 F1h 69h Disable Code 128 Code 128 8 08h Enable 34 35 36 37 38 39 418 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

19

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

20

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

21

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

22

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

22

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

23

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

23

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

24

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

24

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

25

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

25 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Set Length(s) for Code 128 209, 210 D1h, D2h Any Length GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 0Eh Enable ISBT 128 54h Enable ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Disable for SR models Enable for HC models Check ISBT Table 578 F1h 42h Enable ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 223 DFh 10 Code 128 Security Level 751 F1h EFh Security Level 1 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

1254 F8h 04h E6h Disable Code 39 Code 39 00h Enable Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 14 84 0 13 419 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

26

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

28

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

28

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

29

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

30

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

30

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

31

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

32

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

32

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

33

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

33 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code) Parameter Number SSI Number Default 86 56h Disable Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable Set Length(s) for Code 39 18, 19 12h, 13h 1 to 55 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 48 43 17 Code 39 Security Level 750 F1h EEh Security Level 1 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h B9h Disable Code 93 Code 93 9 09h Enable Set Length(s) for Code 93 26, 27 1Ah, 1Bh 1 to 55 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

34

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

34

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

35

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

36

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

36

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

37

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

38

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

39

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

39

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

40 420 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Code 11 Code 11 10 0Ah Disable Set Lengths for Code 11 28, 29 1Ch, 1Dh 4 to 55 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 6 06h Enable Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 22, 23 16h, 17h 6 to 55 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable Febraban 1750 F8h 06h D6h Disable 52 47 49 44 82 421 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

41

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

41

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

43

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

43

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

44

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

44

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

46

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

46

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

47

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

47 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default I 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h BAh Disable Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 20, 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 Codabar (NW - 7) Codabar 7 07h Enable Set Lengths for Codabar 24, 25 18h, 19h 4 to 55 CLSI Editing 36h Disable NOTIS Editing 37h Disable Codabar Security Level 1776 F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1 Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection 855 F2h 57h Upper Case 54 55 422 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

48

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

49

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

50

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

50

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

52

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

52

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

54

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

54

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

55

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

56 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default MSI MSI 11 0Bh Disable Set Length(s) for MSI 30, 31 1Eh, 1Fh 4 to 55 MSI Check Digits 32h One Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 MSI Reduced Quiet Zone 1392 F8h 05h 70h Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 408 F0h 98h Disable 618 F1h 6Ah Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 620 F1h 6Bh F1h 6Ch 4-55 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 F1h 6Eh Disable 50 46 51 423 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

56

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

57

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

58

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

59

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

59

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

60

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

61

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

61

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

62

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

63 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 623 F1h 6Fh Disable Korean 3 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable Inverse 1D 586 F1h 4Ah Regular GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional 338 F0h 52h Enable GS1 DataBar Limited 339 F0h 53h Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked 340 F0h 54h Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN 397 F0h 8Dh Disable GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check 728 F1h D8h Level 3 GS1 DataBar Security Level 1706 F8h 06h AAh Level 1 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

63

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

64

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

65

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

66

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

66

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

67

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

67

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

68

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

69 424 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Composite Composite CC-C 341 F0h 55h Disable Composite CC-A/B 342 F0h 56h Disable Composite TLC-39 371 F0h 73h Disable Composite Inverse 1113 F8h 04h 59h Regular UPC Composite Mode 344 F0h 58h UPC Never Linked Composite Beep Mode 398 F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes 427 F0h ABh Disable 2D Symbologies PDF417 15 0Fh Enable MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

70

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

70

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

71

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

71

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

72

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

72

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

73

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

74

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

74

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

74 425 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Data Matrix 292 F0h 24h Enable GS1 Data Matrix 1336 F8h 05h 38h Disable Data Matrix Inverse 588 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect Maxicode 294 F0h 26h Disable QR Code 293 F0h 25h Enable GS1 QR MicroQR Aztec Aztec Inverse 1343 F8h 05h 3Fh Disable 573 F1h 3Dh Enable 574 589 F1h 3Eh Enable F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular Grid Matrix 1718 F8h 06h B6h Disable 426 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

75

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

75

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

77

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

77

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

78

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

78

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

79 10-79

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

81

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

81

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

82

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

82 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Grid Matrix Inverse 1719 F8h 06h B7h Regular Only Grid Matrix Mirror 1736 F8h 06h C8h Regular Only DotCode 1906 F8 07 72h Disable DotCode Inverse 1907 F8 07 73h Autodetect DotCode Mirrored 1908 F8 07 74h Autodetect DotCode Prioritize 1937 F8 07 91h Disable Postal Codes US Postnet 59h Disable US Planet 5Ah Disable Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable UK Postal 5Bh Disable Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable 89 90 95 91 96 427 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

83

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

84

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

84

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

85

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

86

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

87

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

87

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

88

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

88

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

89

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

89 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Japan Postal 290 F0h 22h Disable Australia Post 291 F0h 23h Disable Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate Netherlands KIX Code 326 F0h 46h Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail 592 F1h 50h Disable UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable Mailmark 1337 F8h 05h 08h Disable Symbology-Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level Security Level 78 77 4Eh 4Dh 1 1 1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 Intercharacter Gap Size 381 F0h 7Dh Normal 428 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

90

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

90

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

91

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

92

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

92

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

93

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

93

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

94

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

96

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

97

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

98 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default Report Version Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer N/A N/A N/A Abort Macro PDF Entry N/A N/A N/A Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) IDC Operating Mode 594 F1h 52h Off IDC Symbology 655 F1h 8Fh 001 IDC X Coordinate 596 F4h F1h 54h -151 IDC Y Coordinate 597 F4h F1h 55h -050 IDC Width 598 F1h 56h 0300 IDC Height 599 F1h 57h 0050 IDC Aspect 595 F1h 53h 000 429 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

98

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

99

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>10-

99

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

5

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

6

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

7

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

7

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

8

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

9 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default IDC File Format Selector 601 F1h 59h JPEG IDC Bits Per Pixel 602 F1h 5Ah 8 BPP IDC JPEG Quality 603 F1h 5Bh 065 IDC Find Box Outline 727 F1h D7h Disable IDC Minimum Text Length 656 F1h 90h 00 IDC Maximum Text Length 657 F1h 91h 00 IDC Captured Image Brighten 654 F1h 8Eh Enable IDC Captured Image Sharpen 658 F1h 92h Enable IDC Border Type 829 F2h 3Dh None IDC Delay Time 830 F2h 3Eh 000 IDC Zoom Limit 651 F1h 8Bh 000 430 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

9

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

10

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

11

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

12

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

12

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

13

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

14

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

15

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

15 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default IDC Maximum Rotation 652 F1h 8Ch 00 Digimarc Digital Watermarks Digimarc Digital Watermarks 1687 F8h 06h 97h Disable OCR Programming Parameters OCR-A 680 F1h A8h Disable OCR-A Variant 684 F1h ACh Full ASCII OCR-B 681 F1h A9h Disable OCR-B Variant 685 F1h ADh Full ASCII MICR E13B 682 F1h AAh Disable US Currency 683 F1h ABh Disable OCR Orientation 687 F1h AFh 0o OCR Lines 691 F1h B3h 1 431 Page Number

<bl_blue>

<em_Emp hasis>14-

16

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>11-

2

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

3

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

4

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

5

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

6

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

10

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

11

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

11

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

13 Draft v 10 Standard Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number SSI Number Default OCR Minimum Characters 689 F1h B1h 3 OCR Maximum Characters 690 F1h B2h 100 OCR Subset 686 F1h AEh Selected font variant OCR Quiet Zone 695 F1h B7h 50 OCR Template 547 F1h 23h 99999999 OCR Check Digit Modulus 688 F1h B0h 1 OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 F1h BCh 121212121212 OCR Check Digit Validation 694 F1h B6h None Inverse OCR 856 F2h 58h Regular OCR Redundancy 1770 F8h 06h EAh Level 1 Page Number

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

13

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

14

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

14

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

15

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

15

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

25

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

26

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

27

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

32

<em_Emp hasis><bl _blue>13-

33 432 Draft v 10 Country Codes Introduction This chapter provides instructions for programming the keyboard to interface with a USB or BT HID. The host powers the scanner. For host setup information, see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 8, USB Interface and <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Chapter 12, Keyboard Wedge Interface. note Mobile device keyboards are English only. To select a code page for the country keyboard type, see <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix C, Country Code Pages. Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

*Indicates Default

*US English (North American) Feature/Option 433 Draft v 10 Country Codes USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) Scan the barcode corresponding to the keyboard type. For a USB host, this setting applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID) device. If the keyboard type is not listed, see <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Emulate Keypad on page 8-8 for the USB HID host. note When changing USB country keyboard types the digital scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences. note For best results when using international keyboards, enable <bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Quick Keypad Emulation on page 8-8. important 1. Some country keyboard barcode types are specific to certain Windows Operating Systems

(i.e., XP, and Win 7 or higher). Barcodes requiring a specific Windows OS are noted so in their barcode captions. 2. Use the French International barcode for Belgian French keyboards.

*US English (North American) US English (Mac) Arabic (101) Albanian Arabic (102) 434 Draft v 10 Country Codes Country Codes (Continued) Arabic (102) AZERTY Azeri (Cyrillic) Bosnian (Latin) Bulgarian (Latin) 435 Azeri (Latin) Belarusian Bosnian (Cyrillic) Draft v 10 Country Codes Country Codes (Continued) Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter)

(Bulgarian -Windows XP Typewriter - Win 7 or higher) Canadian French (Legacy) Canadian French Win7 Canadian Multilingual Standard Country Codes (Continued) Chinese (ASCII) Chinese (Simplified)*

436 Draft v 10 Country Codes Chinese (Traditional)*

*For CJK keyboard types, see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix D, CKJ Decode Control. Croatian Czech (Programmer) Czech Czech (QWERTY) Danish Country Codes (Continued) Dutch (Netherlands) 437 Draft v 10 Country Codes Estonian Finnish French International

(Belgian French) Faeroese French (France) French (Canada) 95/98 Country Codes (Continued) French (Canada) 2000/XP*

438 Draft v 10 Country Codes

*Note that there is also a country code barcode for

<bl_blue><em_Emphasis>Canadian Multilingual Standard on page 20-436. Be sure to select the appropriate barcode for your host system. German Greek (220) Latin Country Codes (Continued) Greek Galician Greek Latin Greek (319) Latin Greek (220) 439 Draft v 10 Country Codes Greek (319) Hebrew Israel Hungarian_101KEY Country Codes (Continued) Irish 440 Greek Polytonic Hungarian Icelandic Draft v 10 Country Codes Italian Kazakh Japanese (ASCII) Italian (142) Japanese (SHIFT-JIS)*

*For CJK keyboard types, see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix D, CKJ Decode Control. Korean (ASCII) Country Codes (Continued) Korean (Hangul)*

441 Draft v 10 Kyrgyz Latvian Lithuanian Country Codes

*For CJK keyboard types, see

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix D, CKJ Decode Control. Latin American Latvian (QWERTY) Lithuanian (IBM) Country Codes (Continued) Macedonian (FYROM) 442 Draft v 10 Mongolian Polish (214) Portuguese (Brazil)

(Windows XP) Country Codes (Continued) Country Codes Maltese_47KEY Norwegian Polish (Programmer) Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT) 443 Draft v 10 Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2) Romanian

(Windows XP) Romanian (Standard)

(Win 7 or higher) Country Codes (Continued) Country Codes Portuguese (Portugal) Romanian (Legacy)

(Win 7 or higher) Romanian (Programmer)

(Win 7 or higher) 444 Draft v 10 Country Codes Russian Serbian (Latin) Slovak Country Codes (Continued) Slovenian 445 Russian (Typewriter) Serbian (Cyrillic) Slovak (QWERTY) Draft v 10 Country Codes Spanish Swedish Thai (Kedmanee) 446 Spanish (Variation) Swiss French Tatar Country Codes (Continued) Swiss German Draft v 10 Country Codes Turkish F UK English US Dvorak Country Codes (Continued) US Dvorak Right 447 Turkish Q Ukrainian US Dvorak Left Draft v 10 Country Codes Uzbek US International Vietnamese 448 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Introduction This chapter provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type selected in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Appendix B, Country Codes. If the default code page in

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 21-1 is appropriate for your selected country keyboard type, you do not need to scan a country code page barcode. note ADF rules can also specify a code page based on the symbology and other ADF criteria. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide. Country Code Page Defaults

<em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 21-1 lists the code page default for each country keyboard. Table 21-1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default US English (North American) US English (Mac) Albanian Arabic 101 Arabic 102 Arabic 102 AZERTY Azeri Latin Azeri Cyrillic Belarusian Bosnian Latin Bosnian Cyrillic Bulgarian Latin Bulgarian Cyrillic Windows 1252 Mac CP10000 Windows 1250 Windows 1256 Windows 1256 Windows 1256 Windows 1254 Windows 1251 Windows 1251 Windows 1250 Windows 1251 Windows 1250 Windows 1251 449 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Table 21-1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Canadian French Win7 Canadian French (Legacy) Canadian Multilingual Croatian Chinese ASCII Chinese (Simplified) Chinese (Traditional) Czech Czech Programmers Czech QWERTY Danish Dutch Netherland Estonian Faeroese Finnish French (France) French (Canada) 95/98 French (Canada) 2000/XP Galician German Greek Latin Greek220 Latin Greek319 Latin Greek Greek220 Greek319 Greek Polytonic Hebrew Israel Hungarian Hungarian_101KEY Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1250 Windows 1252 Windows 936, GBK Windows 950, Big5 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1257 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1253 Windows 1252 Windows 1253 Windows 1253 Windows 1253 Windows 1253 Windows 1255 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 450 French International (Belgian French) Windows 1252 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Table 21-1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Japanese (Shift-JIS) Windows 932, Shift-JIS Icelandic Irish Italian Italian_142 Japanese ASCII Kazakh Korean ASCII Korean (Hangul) Kyrgyz Cyrillic Latin America Latvian Latvian QWERTY Lithuanian Lithuanian_IBM Macedonian -FYROM Maltese_47KEY Mongolian-Cyrillic Norwegian Polish_214 Polish Programmer Portuguese Brazil Portuguese Brazilian ABNT Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 Portuguese Portugal Romanian Romanian Legacy Romanian Standard Romanian Programmer Russian Russian Typewriter Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1251 Windows 1252 Windows 949, Hangul Windows 1251 Windows 1252 Windows 1257 Windows 1257 Windows 1257 Windows 1257 Windows 1251 Windows 1252 Windows 1251 Windows 1252 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1251 Windows 1251 451 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Table 21-1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Serbian Latin Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Slovak QWERTY Slovenian Spanish Spanish Variation Swedish Swiss French Swiss German Tatar Thai-Kedmanee Turkish F Turkish Q Ukrainian United Kingdom United States US Dvorak US Dvorak Left Hand US Dvorak Right Hand US International Uzbek Cyrillic Vietnamese Windows 1250 Windows 1251 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1251 Windows 874 Windows 1254 Windows 1254 Windows 1251 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1252 Windows 1251 Windows 1258 452 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Page Barcodes Scan the barcode corresponding to the country keyboard code page. Windows 1251 Cyrillic, Slavic Windows 1253 Greek Windows 1250 Latin 2, Central European Windows 1252 Latin 1, Western European Windows 1254 Latin 5, Turkish 453 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) Windows 1255 Hebrew Windows 1257 Baltic Windows 874 Thai Windows 1256 Arabic Windows 1258 Vietnamese 454 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) Windows 20866 Cyrillic KOI8-R Windows 936 Simplified Chinese GBK Windows 949 Korean Hangul Windows 932 Japanese Shift-JIS Windows 54936 Simplified Chinese GB18030 Windows 950 Traditional Chinese Big5 455 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) MS-DOS 437 Latin US MS-DOS 775 Baltic MS-DOS 852 Latin 2 MS-DOS 737 Greek MS-DOS 850 Latin 1 456 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) MS-DOS 855 Cyrillic MS-DOS 860 Portuguese MS-DOS 862 Hebrew MS-DOS 857 Turkish MS-DOS 861 Icelandic 457 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) MS-DOS 863 French Canada MS-DOS 866 Cyrillic MS-DOS 865 Nordic MS-DOS 869 Greek 2 458 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European ISO 8859-2 Latin 2, Central European ISO 8859-4 Latin 4, North European ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic 459 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) ISO 8859-6 Arabic ISO 8859-8 Hebrew ISO 8859-10 Latin 6, Nordic ISO 8859-7 Greek ISO 8859-9 Latin 5, Turkish 460 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) ISO 8859-11 Thai ISO 8859-14 Latin 8, Celtic ISO 8859-13 Latin 7, Baltic ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 ISO 8859-16 Latin 10, South-Eastern European 461 Draft v 10 Country Code Pages Country Code Pages (Continued) UTF-8 UTF-16BE UTF-16 Big Endian UTF-16LE UTF-16 Little Endian Mac CP10000 Roman 462 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Introduction This appendix describes control parameters for CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode. NOTE: Because ADF does not support CJK character processing, there is no format manipulation for CJK output. 463 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control CJK Control Parameters Unicode Output Control Parameter # 973 For a Unicode encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for unicode output:

Universal Output to Unicode and MBCS Application - This default method applies to Unicode and MBCS expected applications, such as MS Word and Notepad on a Windows host. NOTE: To support Unicode universal output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 470. Output to Unicode Application Only - This method applies only to Unicode expected applications, such as MS Word and WordPad, but not Notepad.

*Universal Output

(0) Unicode Application Only

(1) 464 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control CJK Output Method to Windows Host Parameter # 972 For a national standard encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for CJK output to a Windows host:

Universal CJK Output - This is the default universal CJK output method for US English IME or Chinese/Japanese/Korean ASCII IME on a Windows host. This method converts CJK characters to Unicode and emulates the characters when transmitting to the host. Use the Unicode Output Control parameter to control Unicode output. NOTE: To support universal CJK output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 470. Other options for CJK output - With the following methods, the scanner sends the CJK character hexadecimal internal code (Nei Ma) value to host, or converts the CJK character to Unicode and sends the hexadecimal Unicode value to host. When using these methods, the Windows host must select the corresponding IME to accept the CJK character. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 470. Japanese Unicode Output Simplified Chinese GBK Code Output Simplified Chinese Unicode Output Korean Unicode Code Output Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output (Windows XP) Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output (Windows 7) Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output (Windows XP) Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output (Windows 7) NOTE: The Unicode emulate output method depends on the host system (Windows XP or Windows 7).

*Universal CJK Output

(0) Japanese Unicode Output

(34)

(for Japanese Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host) 465 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control CJK Output Method to Windows Host (continued Chinese (Simplified) GBK Output

(1) Korean Unicode Output

(50)

(for Korean Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host) Chinese (Simplified) Unicode Output

(2) Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows XP)

(17) 466 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows 7)

(19) Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows XP)

(18) Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows 7)

(20) 467 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output Parameter # 960 Some country keyboard type layouts contain characters that do not exist in the default code page (see Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters on page 468). Although the default code page can not encode these characters in a barcode, they can be encoded in the UTF-8 barcode. Scan this parameter barcode to output the Unicode values by emulation mode. NOTE: Use this special country keyboard type to decode the non-CJK UTF-8 barcode. After decoding, re-configure the scanner to use the original country keyboard type. Use US English IME on Windows. See Unicode Output Control on page 464. Non-CJK UTF-8 Emulation Output Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri Default code page: CP1251 Missing characters:

Table 22 Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri

Country keyboard type: Romanian (Standard) Default code page: CP1250 468 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Missing characters:

Table 23

Default code page: CP1252 Missing character:

Country keyboard type: Azeri-Latin Default code page: CP1254 Missing characters: , Country keyboard type: Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT), Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT2) 469 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host This section describes how to set up CJK decode with a Windows host. Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output To support the Unicode universal output method, set up the Windows host registry table as follows:

1. Select Start > Run > regedt32 to start the registry editor. 2. Under HKEY_Current_User\Control Panel\Input Method, set EnableHexNumpad to 1 as follows:

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method]

"EnableHexNumpad"="1"

If this key does not exist, add it as type REG_SZ (string value). 3. Reboot the computer to implement the registry change. Adding CJK IME on Windows To add the desired CJK input language:

1. Click Start > Control Panel. 3. Select Regional and Language Options. 4. Click the Language tab. 2. If the Control Panel opens in category view, select Switch to Classic View in the top left corner. 5. Under Supplemental Language Support, select the Install Files for East Asian Languages check box if not already selected, and click Apply. This may require a Windows installation CD to install the required files. This step ensures that the East Asian Languages (CJK) are available. 6. Under Text Services and Input Language, click Details. 7. Under Installed Services, click Add. 8. In the Add Input Language dialog box, choose the CJK input language and keyboard layout or Input Method Editor (IME) to add. 9. Click OK twice. The language indicator appears in the system tray (at bottom right corner of the desktop by default). To switch between input languages (keyboard languages) select the language indicator in the system tray. 10. Select the language indicator in the system tray to select the desired country keyboard type. 11. Verify that the characters displayed on each country's keyboard appear. 470 Draft v 10 Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host To select the Simplified Chinese input method:

Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows XP: Chinese (Simplified) - NeiMa, then click the input bar to select Unicode or GBK NeiMa input. CKJ Decode Control Or Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows7: Chinese (Simplified) - Microsoft Pinyin New Experience Input Style, then select Tool Menu > Secondary Inputs > Unicode Input or GB Code Input. Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host To select the Traditional Chinese input method:

Select Unicode input on Windows XP: Chinese (Traditional) - Unicode 471 Draft v 10 CKJ Decode Control Select Big5 input on Windows XP: Chinese (Traditional) - Big5 Code Select Unicode/Big5 input on Windows 7: Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick. This option support both Unicode and Big5 input. 472 Draft v 10 Programming Reference Symbol Code Identifiers Table 24 Symbol Code Characters Code Character Code Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N R S T U V X z P00 P01 P02 P03 UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13 Code 39, Code 32 Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated Interleaved 2 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA Codabar Code 93 Code 11 MSI GS1-128 Bookland EAN Trioptic Code 39 Coupon Code GS1 DataBar Family Matrix 2 of 5 UCC Composite, TLC 39 Chinese 2 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 Aztec, Aztec Rune Data Matrix QR Code, MicroQR Maxicode US Postnet 473 ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417 Draft v 10 Programming Reference Table 24 Symbol Code Characters (Continued) Code Character Code Type US Planet Japan Postal UK Postal Netherlands KIX Code Australia Post UPU FICS Postal Mailmark GS1 DM Han Xin GS1 QR Signature Capture USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror AIM Code Identifiers Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string ]cm where:

]=Flag Character (ASCII 93) c=Code Character (see Table 25) m=Modifier Character (see Table 26) Table 25 Aim Code Characters Code Character Code Type Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32 Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128, Coupon (Code 128 portion) Data Matrix GS1 Data Matrix UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion) GS1 DataBar Family Interleaved 2 of 5 PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417 Codabar Code 93 Code 11 Han Xin TLC 39 MSI QR Code, MicroQR 474 P04 P05 P06 P08 P09 P0A P0B P0C P0D P0G P0H P0Q P0X A C d d2 E e F G H h I L L2 M Q Draft v 10 Programming Reference Table 25 Aim Code Characters (Continued) Code Character Code Type GS1 QR Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5 Maxicode Aztec, Aztec Rune Q3 S U z X X0

]g 0 1 3 4 5 7 0 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 3 Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5, Matrix 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UK Postal, Japan Postal, Australia Post, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/ Intelligent Mail, UPU FICS Postal, Signature Capture Mailmark Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table 26. Table 26 Modifier Characters Code 39 Code Type Option Value Option No check character or Full ASCII processing. Reader has checked one check character. Reader has checked and stripped check character. Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion. Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check character. Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and stripped check character. Example: A Full ASCII barcode with check character W, A+I+MI+DW, is transmitted as

]A7AIMID where 7 = (3+4). Trioptic Code 39 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Trioptic barcode 412356 is transmitted as ]X0412356 Code 128 Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position. Function code 1 in first symbol character position. Function code 1 in second symbol character position. Example: A Code (EAN) 128 barcode with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first position, AIMID is transmitted as ]C1AIMID I 2 of 5 Codabar Example: An I 2 of 5 barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]I04123 No check digit processing. Reader has validated check digit. Reader has validated and stripped check digit. No check digit processing. Reader has checked check digit. Reader has stripped check digit before transmission. Example: A Codabar barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]F04123 475 Draft v 10 Programming Reference Table 26 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type Option Value Option No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Code 93 barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]G0012345678905 0 0 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 1 3 Code 93 MSI D 2 of 5 UPC/EAN ISSN EAN Code 11 GS1 DataBar Family Check digits are sent. No check digit is sent. Example: An MSI barcode 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as

]M14123 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A D 2 of 5 barcode 4123, is transmitted as ]S04123 Standard data packet in full EAN format, i.e. 13 digits for UPC-A, UPC-E, and EAN-13 (not including supplemental data). Two digit supplemental data only. Five digit supplemental data only. Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from EAN-13, UPC-A or UPC-E symbol and 2 or 5 digits from supplemental symbol. EAN-8 data packet. Example: A UPC-A barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]E00012345678905 Bookland EAN No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Bookland EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: An ISSN EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X Single check digit Two check digits Check characters validated but not transmitted. No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited transmit with an Application Identifier 01. Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code 128 rules (i.e., ]C1). Example: A GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcode 0110012345678902 is transmitted as ]e00110012345678902. 476 Draft v 10 Programming Reference Table 26 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type Option Value Option EAN.UCC Composites

(GS1 DataBar, GS1-128, 2D portion of UPC composite) PDF417, Micro PDF417 0 1 2 3 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules. Native mode transmission. Standard data packet. Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator character. Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character. The data packet does not support the ECI protocol. Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character. The data packet supports the ECI protocol. GS1-128 emulation Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules. Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with

]JC1). Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver cannot reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or whether data byte 92DEC has been doubled in transmission. Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel Interpretation). All data characters 92DEC are doubled. Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character transmission protocol). Data characters 92DEC are not doubled. Note: When decoders are set to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted. The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is 903-907, 912, 914, 915. The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 908-909. The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 910-911. ECC 200. ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position. ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position. ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented. ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented. ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol implemented. Example: A PDF417 barcode ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is transmitted as ]L2ABCD. Data Matrix ECC 000-140, not supported. GS1 Data Matrix ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position. 477 Draft v 10 Programming Reference Table 26 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type Option Value Option MaxiCode Symbol in Mode 4 or 5. Symbol in Mode 2 or 3. QR Code Model 1 symbol. 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 0 C 0 1 0 0 GS1 QR Aztec Han Xin Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror Mailmark Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented. Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary message. Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first position. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in second position. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second position. Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position. Aztec symbol. Aztec Rune symbol. Generic data, no special features are set. The transmitted data does not follow the AIM ECI protocol. ECI protocol enabled. There is at least one ECI mode encoded. Transmitted data must follow the AIM ECI protocol. No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. 478 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes UPC/EAN UPC-A, 100%

0 12345 67890 5 UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on 0 12345 67890 UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on 34 98765 0 12345 67890 479 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes UPC-E UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on 0 425261 4 98 0 425261 480 Draft v 10 UPC/EAN (continued) UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on Sample Barcodes 87654 0 425261 EAN-8 EAN-13, 100%

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0 12 3 456789 012340 481 Draft v 10 EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on Code 128 GS1-128 Code 39 Sample Barcodes 54321 3 456789 012340 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

(01)94019097685457(13)170119(30)17 123ABC 482 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes Code 93 Code 11 with 2 Check Digits Interleaved 2 of 5 2468101275 12345678901231 123455834 483 MSI with 2 Check Digits NOTE: MSI must be enabled to read the following barcode (see MSI on page 270). Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes Chinese 2 of 5 NOTE: Chinese 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see MSI on page 270). Matrix 2 of 5 NOTE: Matrix 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Matrix 2 of 5 on page 276). Korean 3 of 5 NOTE: Korean 3 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Korean 3 of 5 on page 484). 45454545454 223344 1400230 484 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14) GS1 DataBar Truncated GS1 DataBar Stacked 7612341562341

(01)00614141999996 485 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional GS1 DataBar Limited 486 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes GS1 DataBar (continued) GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked 2D Symbologies PDF417 487 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes Data Matrix 488 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes 2D Symbologies (continued) GS1 Data Matrix NOTE: GS1 Data Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see GS1 Data Matrix on page 489). Maxicode NOTE: Maxicode must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Maxicode on page 489). QR Code 489 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes 2D Symbologies (continued) GS1 QR NOTE: GS1 QR must be enabled to read the following barcode (see GS1 QR on page 490). MicroQR Aztec 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 01234567890123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR STUVWXYZ0123456789 490 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes 2D Symbologies (continued) Grid Matrix NOTE: Grid Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Grid Matrix on page 491). Han Xin NOTE: Han Xin must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Han Xin on page 491). Postal Codes US Postnet UK Postal NOTE: US Postnet must be enabled to read the following barcode (see US Postnet on page 491). NOTE: UK Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see UK Postal on page 491). 491 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes Postal Codes (continued) Japan Postal NOTE: Japan Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Japan Postal on page 492). Australian Post NOTE: Australia must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Australian Post on page 492). 5008861 39549554 492 Draft v 10 Sample Barcodes NOTE: OCR must be enabled to read the following barcodes (see OCR Programming Parameters on page 323). OCR OCR-A OCR-B MICR E13B US Currency 493 Draft v 10 Numeric Barcodes Cancel To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below. Cancel Numeric Barcodes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered barcode(s). 0 2 1 494 Draft v 10 4 6 8 Numeric Barcodes 495 3 5 7 9 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Cancel To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below. Alphanumeric Barcodes Cancel Space

496 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

497 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

498 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

499 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

500 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued NOTE: The barcodes that follow should not be confused with those on the numeric keypad. 0 2 4 1 3 5 501 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) 6 8 End of Message 7 9 Cancel 502 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) A C E B D F 503 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) G I K H J L 504 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) M O Q N P R 505 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) S U W T V X 506 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) Y a c Z b d 507 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) e g i f h j 508 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) k m o l n p 509 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) q s u r t v 510 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued) w y

x z

511 Draft v 10 Alphanumeric Barcodes Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

512 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 27 ASCII Character Set ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022

%U

$A

$B

$C

$D

$E

$F

$G

$H

$I

$J

$K

$L

$M

$N

$O

$P

$Q

$R

$S

$T

$U

$V CTRL H/BACKSPACE1 CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB1 CTRL J CTRL M/ENTER1 CTRL N CTRL 2 CTRL A CTRL B CTRL C CTRL D CTRL E CTRL F CTRL G CTRL K CTRL L CTRL O CTRL P CTRL Q CTRL R CTRL S CTRL T CTRL U CTRL V The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. 513 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 27 ASCII Character Set (Continued) ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057

$W

$X

$Y

$Z

%A

%B

%C

%D

%E Space

/A

/B

/C

/D

/E

/F

/G

/H

/I

/J

/K

/L

/o

. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CTRL W CTRL X CTRL Y CTRL Z CTRL [

CTRL \

CTRL ]

CTRL 6 CTRL -

Space

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. 514 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 27 ASCII Character Set (Continued) ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092

/Z

%F

%G

%H

%I

%J

%V A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

%K

%L

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. 515 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 27 ASCII Character Set (Continued) ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125

%M

%N

%O

%W

+A

+B

+C

+D

+E

+F

+G

+H

+I

+J

+K

+L

+M

+N

+O

+P

+Q

+R

+S

+T

+U

+V

+W

+X

+Y

+Z

%P

%Q

%R

_ a b c d e f g h i j l k n o p q r s t u v x y z

I

w m The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. 516 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 27 ASCII Character Set (Continued) ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke

%S

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. Table 28 ALT Key Character Set ALT Keys Keystroke 1126 1127 7013 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 ALT 2 ALT A ALT B ALT C ALT D ALT E ALT F ALT G ALT H ALT I ALT J ALT K ALT L ALT M ALT N ALT O ALT P ALT Q ALT R ALT S ALT T ALT U ALT V ALT W ALT X ALT Y ALT Z 517 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 29 GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Keystroke Right Control Key 3000 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 GUI 0 GUI 1 GUI 2 GUI 3 GUI 4 GUI 5 GUI 6 GUI 7 GUI 8 GUI 9 GUI A GUI B GUI C GUI D GUI E GUI F GUI G GUI H GUI I GUI J GUI K GUI L GUI M GUI N GUI O GUI P GUI Q GUI R GUI S GUI T GUI U GUI V GUI W 518 Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 29 GUI Key Character Set (Continued) GUI Key Keystroke GUI X GUI Y GUI Z Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. Table 30 PF Key Character Set PF Keys Keystroke 3088 3089 3090 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 PF 1 PF 2 PF 3 PF 4 PF 5 PF 6 PF 7 PF 8 PF 9 PF 10 PF 11 PF 12 PF 13 PF 14 PF 15 PF 16 519 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 31 F key Character Set F Keys Keystroke 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F 10 F 11 F 12 F 13 F 14 F 15 F 16 F 17 F 18 F 19 F 20 F 21 F 22 F 23 F 24 520 Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 32 Numeric Key Character Set Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 Undefined

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Enter Num Lock Break Delete Pg Up End Pg Dn Pause Scroll Lock Backspace Tab Print Screen Insert Home Enter Escape 521 Table 33 Extended Key Character Set Extended Keypad Keystroke Draft v 10 ASCII Character Sets Table 33 Extended Key Character Set (Continued) Extended Keypad Keystroke 7015 7016 7017 7018 Up Arrow Dn Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow 522 Draft v 10 Communication Protocol Functionality Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface Table 28 on page 528 lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol. Table 34 Communication Interface Functionality Communication Interfaces USB HID Keyboard Emulation CDC COM Port Emulation SSI over CDC COM Port Emulation IBM Table-Top USB IBM Hand-Held USB USB OPOS Hand-Held Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface Data Transmission Functionality Remote Management Image and Video Transmission Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Supported Supported Supported 523 Draft v 10 Communication Protocol Functionality Functionality Supported via Radio Communication Table 35 Communication Interface Functionality Communication Interfaces Scanner Functionality Simple Serial Interface (SSI) SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable) HID (Keyboard Emulation) HID BT Classic Serial Port Profile (SPP) SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable) SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) SSI BT Low Energy SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support) HID BT LE (Discoverable) SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) 524 Draft v 10 Signature Capture Code Introduction CapCode, a signature capture code, is a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows a scanner to capture a signature. There are several accepted patterns that allow automatic identification of different signatures on the same form. For example, on the federal tax return 1040 form there are three signature areas, one each for two joint filers, and one for a professional preparer. By using different patterns, a program can correctly identify all three, so they can be captured in any sequence and still be identified correctly. Code Structure Signature Capture Area Figure 13 CapCode

] tx Wx A CapCode is printed as two identical patterns on either side of a signature capture box, as shown in Figure 13 on page 525. Each pattern extends the full height of the signature capture box. The box is optional, so you can omit it, replace it with a single baseline, or print a baseline with an "X" on top of it towards the left, as is customarily done in the US to indicate a request for signature. However, if an

"X" or other markings are added in the signature box area, these are captured with the signature. 525 Draft v 10 Signature Capture Code CapCode Pattern Structure A CapCode pattern structure consists of a start pattern followed by a separator space, a signature capture box, a second separator space, and then a stop pattern. Assuming that X is the dimension of the thinnest element, the start and stop patterns each contains 9X total width in 4 bars and 3 spaces. A 7X quiet zone is required to the left and to the right of the CapCode pattern. Figure 14 CapCode Structure Capture Box Quiet Zone Start Separator Spaces Stop Quiet Zone The separator spaces on either side of the signature capture box can be between 1X and 3X wide. Start / Stop Patterns Table 29 on page 531 lists the accepted start / stop patterns. The bar and space widths are expressed as multiples of X. You must use the same pattern on either side of a signature capture box. The type value is reported with the captured signature to indicate the purpose of the signature captured. Table 36 Start/Stop Pattern Definitions Bar/Space Patterns B S B S B S B 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 7 8 9 Type Table 30 on page 531 lists selectable parameters used to generate the image of the captured signature. Table 37 User Defined CapCode Parameters Parameter Defined Width Height Format JPEG quality Bits Per Pixel

(not applicable to JPEG format) Number of pixels Number of pixels JPEG, BMP, TIFF 1 (2 levels) 4 (16 levels) 8 (256 levels) BMP format does not use compression, JPEG and TIFF formats do. 1 (most compression) to 100 (best quality) 526 Draft v 10 Signature Capture Code Dimensions Data Format The size of the signature capture box is determined by the height and separation of the start and stop patterns. The line width of the signature capture box is insignificant. The thinnest element width, referred to here as X, is nominally 10 mils (1 mil = 0.0254 mm). Select this as an exact multiple of the pixel pitch of the printer used. For example, when using a 203 DPI (dots-per-inch) printer and printing 2 dots per module, the resulting X dimension is 9.85 mils. The decoder output is formatted according to Table 31 on page 532. Zebra decoders allow different user options to output or inhibit barcode type. Selecting "Symbol ID" as the barcode type for output identifies the CapCode with letter "i". Table 38 Data Format File Format

(1 byte) Type (1 byte) Image Size

(4 bytes, BIG Endian) Image Data See Table 36 on page 526, last column

(Same bytes as in a data file) JPEG - 1 BMP - 3 TIFF - 4 527 Draft v 10 Signature Capture Code Additional Capabilities Regardless of how the signature is captured, the output signature image is de-skewed and right-side up. A scanner that captures signatures automatically determines whether it is scanning a signature or a barcode. You can disable the signature capturing capability in a decoder. Signature Boxes Figure 15 on page 528 illustrates the five acceptable signature boxes:

Figure 15 Acceptable Signature Boxes Type 2:

Type 5:

Type 7:

Type 8:

Type 9:

528 Draft v 10 Non-Parameter Attributes This appendix defines non-parameter attributes. Introduction Attributes Model Number Attribute #533 Type Size (Bytes) S 18 User Mode Access R Values Variable Serial Number Attribute #534 Type Size (Bytes) S 16 User Mode Access R Values Variable Date of Manufacture Attribute #535 Model number of the scanner. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example CS6080-SR0F007ZZWW. Unique serial number assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example M1J26F45V. Date of device manufacture assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example 30APR14 (which reads the 30th of April 2014). Type S 529 Draft v 10 Non-Parameter Attributes Size (Bytes) 7 User Mode Access R Values Variable Date of First Programming Attribute #614 Type Size (Bytes) S 7 User Mode Access R Values Variable Configuration Filename Attribute #616 Date of first electronic programming represents the first time settings where electronically loaded to the scanner either by 123Scan or via SMS, for example 18MAY14 (which reads the 18th of May 2014). The name assigned to the configuration settings loaded electronically to the device either by 123Scan or via SMS. NOTE: Scanning the Set Defaults barcode automatically changes the configuration filename to factory defaults. To indicate the configuration settings loaded to the device were changed, the configuration filename changes to Modified upon scanning any parameter barcode. Type Size (Bytes) S 17 User Mode Access RW Values Variable 530 Draft v 10 Non-Parameter Attributes Beeper/LED Attribute #6000 Activates the beeper and/or LED. Type Size (Bytes) X N/A User Mode Access W Value 0 Values:

Beep / LED Action 1 high short beep 2 high short beeps 3 high short beeps 4 high short beeps 5 high short beeps 1 low short beep 2 low short beeps 3 low short beeps 4 low short beeps 5 low short beeps 1 high long beep 2 high long beeps 3 high long beeps 4 high long beeps 5 high long beeps 1 low long beep 2 low long beeps 3 low long beeps 4 low long beeps 5 low long beeps Fast warble beep Slow warble beep High-low beep Low-high beep High-low-high beep Low-high-low beep High-high-low-low beep Green LED off Green LED on Red LED on Red LED off 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 42 43 47 48 531 Draft v 10 Non-Parameter Attributes Parameter Defaults Attribute #6001 This attribute restores all parameters to their factory defaults. Type Size (Bytes) X N/A User Mode Access W Values 0 = Restore Defaults 1 = Restore Factory Defaults 2 = Write Custom Defaults Beep on Next Bootup Attribute #6003 This attribute configures (enables or disables) beep on next boot up of scanner. Type Size (Bytes) X N/A User Mode Access W Values 0 = Disable beep on next bootup 1 = Enable beep on next bootup Reboot Attribute #6004 This attribute initiates a device reboot. Type Size (Bytes) User Mode Access W Values X N/A N/A Host Trigger Session Attribute #6005 This attribute triggers a decode session similar to manually depressing the scanner trigger button. Type Size (Bytes) X N/A User Mode Access W Values 1 = Start Host Trigger Session 0 = Stop Host Trigger Session 532 Draft v 10 Non-Parameter Attributes The scanner's operating system version. For example, NBRFMAAC or PAAAABS00-007-R03D0. Firmware Version Attribute #20004 Type Size (Bytes) S Variable User Mode Access R Values Variable Scankit Version Attribute #20008 Type Size (Bytes) S Variable User Mode Access R Values Variable ScanSpeed Analytics Identifies the 1D decode algorithms resident on the device, for example SKIT4.33T02. Identifies problematic barcodes to speed up scanning processes. Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software allows you to visually identify barcodes that slow down processing and impact efficiency. Over time, the software collects data that you can use to eliminate poor performing barcodes from inventory. For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics. 533 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Introduction This appendix describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification of barcodes that slow down processes. Over time, the collected data can be used to eliminate poor performing barcodes from inventory. When scanners capture and read data faster, processes run faster. For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics. Histogram Decode Information Within the scanner, each barcode symbology has a series of RSM attributes (Table 39 on page 535) to access its statistic information: Decode Count; Minimum Decode Time; Slowest Decode Time; Average Decode Time; Slowest Decode Data; and, ScanSpeed Histogram. ScanSpeed Histogram is an array of eight items of double WORD (4 bytes). Each bin holds the count of decoded barcodes per range of decode time. For example, the range of Bin1 decode times is from 0 ms to 75 ms. All the Bin time ranges are show below:

Bin1<=75ms Bin2<=110ms Bin3<=170ms Bin4<=300ms Bin5<=600ms Bin6<=1000ms Bin7<=1500ms Bin8>1500ms 123Scan displays this histogram data in its Statistics tab shown in Figure 30 on page 544. 534 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Figure 16 123Scan Statistics Tab - Histogram Data Table 39 Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information Barcode Name Decimal Value Decode Count Hex Value

(Shown in Little Endian Format) Minimum Decode Time Slowest Decode Time

(Max Decode Time) Average Decode Time Slowest Decode Data ScanSpeed Histogram UPC 15421 15424 15425 15426 15707 15706 EAN/JAN 15428 15431 15432 15433 15709 15708 2 of 5 15449 15452 15453 15454 15715 15714 Codabar 15456 15459 15460 15461 15717 15716 Code 11 15477 15480 15481 15482 15723 15722 Code 128 15442 15445 15446 15447 15713 15712 Code 39 15435 15438 15439 15440 15711 15710 Code 93 15463 15466 15467 15468 15719 15718 0x3D, 0x3C 0x44, 0x3C 0x59, 0x3C 0x60, 0x3C 0x75, 0x3C 0x52, 0x3C 0x4B, 0x3C 0x67, 0x3C 535 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Table 39 Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information (Continued) Barcode Name Decimal Value Decode Count Hex Value

(Shown in Little Endian Format) Minimum Decode Time Slowest Decode Time

(Max Decode Time) Average Decode Time Slowest Decode Data ScanSpeed Histogram Composite 15519 15522 15523 15524 15735 15734 GS1 DataBar 15512 15515 15516 15517 15733 15732 MSI 15470 15473 15474 15475 15721 15720 Datamatrix 15491 15494 15495 15496 15727 15726 PDF 15484 15487 15488 15489 15725 15724 Postal Codes 15505 15508 15509 15510 15731 15730 QR Aztec OCR 15498 15533 15526 15501 15502 15503 15729 15728 15536 15537 15538 15739 15738 15529 15530 15531 15737 15736 Maxicode 15659 15662 15663 15664 15755 15754 GS1-Datamatrix 15673 15676 15677 15678 15747 15746 GS1-QR Code 15680 15683 15684 15685 15749 15748 Coupon 15666 15669 15670 15671 15757 15756 Other 1D 15540 15543 15544 15545 15741 15740 Other 2D 15547 15550 15551 15552 15743 15742 Other 15557 15558 15559 15745 15744 19999 19999 19999 19999 19999 0x9F, 0x3C 0x98, 0x3C 0x6E, 0x3C 0x83, 0x3C 0x7C, 0x3C 0x91, 0x3C 0x8A, 0x3C 0xAD, 0x3C 0xA6, 0x3C 0x2B, 0x3D 0x39, 0x3D 0x40, 0x3D 0x32, 0x3D 0xB4, 0x3C 0xBB, 0x3C 0xC2, 0x3C 0x1F, 0x4E 15554 19999 Unused Statistic ID Example The UPC data below is taken from the first row of <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 39 above. 536 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Description:Returns the UPC barcode decode count, including all variants (UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, etc.). Description:Returns the Minimum Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes. Description:Returns the Slowest Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes. Description:Returns the Average Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcodebarcode decodes. UPC DECODE COUNT Attribute #:15421 Type:DWORD (4 bytes) UPC MINIMUM DECODE TIME Attribute #:15424 Type:DWORD (4 bytes) UPC SLOWEST DECODE TIME Attribute #:15425 Type:DWORD (4 bytes) UPC AVERAGE DECODE TIME Attribute #:15426 Type:DWORD (4 bytes) UPC SLOWEST DECODE DATA Attribute #:15707 Type:Array of BYTE (25 bytes) UPC SCAN SPEED HISTOGRAM Attribute #:15706 Type:Array of DWORD (32 bytes) Description:Returns the UPC barcode data with the Slowest Decode Time. Description:Returns the UPC barcode ScanSpeed Histogram. 537 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode The user can configure the scanner to store the image(s) of the slowest decoded barcode. 538 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Table 40 RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode Attribute #

Type Property Default Value Description 1755 RW Default format =

Array of WORD

{0x1F, 0x4E}

1756 WORD RW 0 Attribute 1755 is named List of Stored Images. This attribute defines which image, by symbology, of the slowest decoded barcode will be stored in the scanner. One symbology image can be stored in the scanner. Note:

{0x1F, 0x4E} = a 1 WORD value which is in little-endian format. Attribute 1756 is named Threshold To Store Slowest Decode Barcode Image. This attribute defines the threshold above which the scanner stores the image of the slowest decoded barcode. Specify a Histogram Bin value (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7). The purpose of setting up this threshold is to reduce the barcode image storage frequency. 0 - No threshold check (default value) 1 - Specifies the decode time threshold as Histogram Bin 1 value of 75 ms Similarly, the other Histogram Bins specify the corresponding threshold time as follows:

Bin 1 <= 75ms Bin 2 <= 110ms Bin 3 <= 170ms Bin 4 <= 300ms Bin 5 <= 600ms Bin 6 <= 1000ms Bin 7 <= 1500ms 0x1F, 0x4E No image retained Barcode name =

Unused Statistic ID Decimal value = 19999 see last row in Table 39 on page 535) 0x3D, 0x3C Image retained for UPC Decimal value = 15421 Sample image retained for UPC only = {0x3D, 0x3C}

539 Draft v 10 Scan Speed Analytics Table 40 RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode (Continued) Attribute #

Type Property Default Value Description 6036 WORD WO N/A Attribute 6036 is named Retrieve Slowest Decoded Barcode Image. The image must be retrieved using the SNAPI communication protocol. This attribute allows you to retrieve from the scanner a single image, by symbology, of the slowest decoded data. For example, to retrieve the slowest decoded barcode image for a UPC symbology, enter its hex value, 0x3D, 0x3C (decimal value 15421), using a SET command. See Table 39 on page 535 for symbology hex and decimal values. 540 Draft v 10 Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle Introduction Upgrading Without a Cradle This appendix provides information about performing upgrades on the scanner without a cradle, using 123Scan. NOTE: To accomplish this your PC must support Bluetooth communication. To upgrade a DS2278 scanner using 123Scan without a cradle:

1. From the 123Scan Start screen, select Update Scanner Firmware. 2. From the No scanner was found! dialog box, select click here to pair over Bluetooth. Figure 17 Pair Over Bluetooth Dialog 3. Scan the pairing barcode that displays to enable Bluetooth communication between the scanner and the host PC. Once paired (can take 15 seconds), 123Scan guides the user through the remaining steps. NOTE: The pairing barcode in Figure is a sample and not for scanning. Scan the actual pairing barcode that displays in 123Scan. 541 Draft v 10 Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle Figure 18 Pairing Barcode Troubleshooting Table 41 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions The Pair over Bluetooth dialog box Figure 17 on page 541 does not display. Scanner and/or cradle with a USB cable is connected to the PC. Pairing barcode does not work correctly. Scanner was already paired directly to the PC using the Windows pairing process. Select the Bluetooth icon in the PC tray and remove the scanner from the Bluetooth connection. Windows displays the Add a device pop up window (see Figure 19 on page 542). N/A Remove the USB cable connected to the PC from the scanner and/or cradle. Re-select Update Scanner Firmware from the 123Scan Start screen. This is a Windows display message that cannot be suppressed. Do not tap the Add a device window and continue to follow the 123Scan prompts to complete the process. Figure 19 Add a device Window 542 Draft v 10 Index Numerics 2D bar codes 123Scan . 16 requirements . 17 aztec . 296 aztec inverse . 298 code 128 emulation . 291 data matrix . 292, 293 data matrix inverse . 294 grid matrix . 299 grid matrix inverse . 300 grid matrix mirror . 301 han xin . 298 han xin inverse . 299 maxicode . 294 microPDF417 . 291 microQR . 296 PDF417 . 291 QR code . 295 A AAMVA field parsing bar codes . 362 ADF . 319 invalid rule . 32 programming indicators . 20 transmit error . 32 advanced data formatting . 20, 32, 319 aiming options enabling . 117 hand-held decode aiming pattern . 117 orientation . 24, 25 snapshot aiming pattern . 151 snapshot mode timeout . 150 attributes, non-parameter beep on next bootup . 532 configuration filename . 530 date of first programming . 530 date of manufacture . 529 firmware version . 533 host trigger session . 532 model number . 529 parameter defaults . 532 reboot . 532 scankit version . 533 scanspeed analytics . 533 serial number . 529 autoexposure . 147 auto-reconnect . 71, 75 aztec bar codes sample . 490 B bar code defaults imaging preferences . 143 radio communications . 42 USB . 168 user preferences . 88 bar codes AAMVA field parsing . 362 Australia post . 307 Australia post format . 308 autoexposure . 147 auto-reconnect in Bluetooth keyboard emulation (HID slave) mode . 65 aztec . 296 aztec inverse . 298 batch mode . 76, 78 battery preservation mode . 113 beep after good decode . 96 beep on insertion . 70 beeper duration . 101 beeper tone . 100 beeper volume . 99 bits per pixel . 159, 162 Bluetooth friendly name . 52 Bluetooth technology support . 58 bookland EAN . 220 bookland ISBN . 232 cancel . 496 Chinese 2 of 5 . 276 543 Draft v 10 Table of Contents codabar . 266 codabar CLSI editing . 268 codabar lengths . 266 codabar NOTIS editing . 268 codabar security level . 269 codabar start and stop characters . 270 code 11 . 252 code 11 check digit verification . 254 code 11 lengths . 253 code 128 . 236 code 128 emulation . 291 code 128 lengths . 236 code 128 reduced quiet zone . 243 code 128 security level . 242 code 32 prefix . 245 code 39 . 244 code 39 check digit verification . 247 code 39 full ASCII . 248 code 39 lengths . 246 code 39 reduced quiet zone . 250 code 39 security level . 249 code 39 transmit check digit . 248 code 93 . 250 code 93 lengths . 251 composite beep mode . 290 composite CC-A/B . 286 composite CC-C . 286 composite inverse . 287 composite TLC-39 . 287 continuous bar code read . 119 convert code 39 to code 32 . 245 convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . 283 convert UPC-E to UPC-A . 231 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . 231 country code page defaults . 449 country code pages . 453 country codes . 434 crop to address . 152 data matrix . 292, 293 data matrix inverse . 294 decode mirror images . 125 decode pager motor . 102 decode pager motor duration . 102 decode session timeout . 120, 122 digimarc digital watermarks/dw . 318 disable all code types . 217 discrete 2 of 5 . 263 discrete 2 of 5 lengths . 263 drivers license date format . 373 no separator . 374 drivers license gender format . 372 drivers license parsing . 357 send control characters . 375 send keyboard characters . 379 set defaults . 372 544 set up . 359, 360, 361 dump scanner parameters . 33 EAN zero extend . 232 EAN-13/JAN-13 . 219 EAN-8/JAN-8 . 219 enable all code types . 217 enter . 130 event reporting boot up event . 201 decode event . 200 parameter event . 201 febraban . 260 fixed exposure . 148 fixed gain . 148 flush macro buffer/abort macro PDF entry . 316 FN1 substitution values . 134 gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . 149 grid matrix . 299 grid matrix inverse . 300 grid matrix mirror . 301 GS1 databar bar codes . 282 GS1 databar expanded . 283 GS1 databar limited . 282 GS1 databar limited margin check . 284 GS1 databar security level . 285 GS1 databar-14 . 282 GS1-128 . 239 GS1-128 emulation mode . 290 han xin . 298 han xin inverse . 299 hand-held decode aiming pattern . 117 hands-free mode . 115 I 2 of 5 check digit verification . 259 I 2 of 5 convert to EAN-13 . 260 I 2 of 5 reduced quiet zone . 262 I 2 of 5 security level . 261, 262 I 2 of 5 transmit check digit . 259 ignore code 128 fnc4 . 243 illumination . 129 illumination brightness . 129 image brightness (target white) . 154 image cropping . 152 image enhancement . 156 image file format . 157, 161 image resolution . 154 image rotation . 159 intercharacter gap size . 315 interleaved 2 of 5 . 256 convert to EAN-13 . 260, 261, 262 interleaved 2 of 5 lengths . 256 inverse 1D . 281 ISBT 128 . 239 ISBT concatenation . 240, 241 ISBT concatenation redundancy . 241 ISSN EAN . 235 Draft v 10 Table of Contents Japan postal . 307 JPEG image options . 155 JPEG quality and size . 156 JPEG target file size . 155 Korean 3 of 5 . 280 lamp mode lamp mode control . 108 lamp mode timeout . 108 lock override . 72 low power mode . 109 manufacturing information . 34 matrix 2 of 5 . 276 matrix 2 of 5 check digit . 278 matrix 2 of 5 lengths . 277 maxicode . 294 microPDF417 . 291 microQR . 296 mobile phone/display mode . 126 motion tolerance . 130 MSI . 270 MSI check digit algorithm . 274 MSI lengths . 271 MSI reduced quiet zone . 275 MSI transmit check digit . 274 Netherlands KIX code . 309 night mode trigger . 104 number of retry attempts . 69 numeric bar codes . 496 OCR check digit . 345 check digit multiplier . 346 check digit validation . 348 default table . 322 inverse OCR . 353 lines . 334 maximum characters . 335 MICR E13B . 331 minimum character . 334 OCR-A . 323 OCR-A variant . 325 OCR-B . 326 OCR-B variant . 327 orientation . 332 parameters . 323 quiet zone . 336 redundancy . 354 subset . 335 template . 336 US currency serial number . 332 pager motor . 102 parameter scanning . 96 parser version ID . 371 PDF prioritization . 127 PDF prioritization timeout . 128 PDF417 . 291 545 picklist mode . 118 postal . 304 prefix/suffix values . 131 presentation mode field of view . 128 QR code . 295 quiet zone level . 314 radio batch mode . 76 beep on . 97 beep on insertion . 70 bluetooth friendly name . 52 bluetooth radio state . 58 bluetooth security . 84 classic bluetooth and low energy . 84 connection maintenance interval . 75 convert case . 63 cradle bluetooth . 46 discoverable mode . 53 emulate keypad . 60 fast HID keyboard . 61 HID bluetooth . 48 HID caps lock override . 59 HID features for Apple iOS . 58 HID function key mapping . 62 HID ignore unknown characters . 60 HID keyboard FN1 sub . 62 HID keyboard keystroke delay . 59 link supervision timeout . 57 lock override . 72 output power . 56 page . 80 page mode . 82 page state timeout . 82 pairing methods . 73 persistent batch storage . 80 quick keypad emulation . 61 SSI . 49 SSP . 51 toggle pairing . 74 unpairing . 74 wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . 54 wi-fi friendly mode . 54 reconnect attempt interval . 66 redundancy level . 311 report version . 315 scan data options . 132 securePharm . 137 securePharm output formatting . 138 security level . 313 send versions . 34 serial number . 34 set defaults . 95 signature capture . 160 signature capture height . 163 signature capture JPEG quality . 163 Draft v 10 Table of Contents signature capture width . 162 silence operational mode changes . 151 sleep between reconnect attempts . 68 snapshot aiming pattern . 151 snapshot mode timeout . 150 software version . 34 SSI baud rate . 194 data packet format . 194 host character timeout . 197 host RTS line state . 194 host serial response time-out . 196 interpacket delay . 199 multipacket option . 198 selecting . 192 software handshaking . 194 suppress power up beeps . 101 symbologies default table . 203 time delay to low power mode . 109 timeout between decodes, different symbols . 123 timeout between decodes, same symbol . 123 transmit code 11 check digits . 255 transmit code ID character . 130 transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit . 279 transmit no read message . 135 transmit UK postal check digit . 306 transmit US postal check digit . 305 trigger mode . 114 trigger modes . 112 triggered timeout, same symbol . 124 trioptic code 39 . 244 UCC coupon extended code . 234 UK postal . 306 unicode output control . 464 unique bar code reporting . 120 unpair . 74 unsolicited heartbeat interval . 136 UPC composite mode . 289 UPC reduced quiet zone . 226 UPC/EAN coupon code . 234 UPC/EAN supplemental AIM ID format . 225 UPC/EAN supplemental redundancy . 224 UPC/EAN supplementals . 220 UPC-A . 217 UPC-A check digit . 226 UPC-A preamble . 228 UPC-E . 218 UPC-E check digit . 227 UPC-E preamble . 228 UPC-E1 . 218 UPC-E1 check digit . 227 UPC-E1 preamble . 230 UPU FICS postal . 310 US planet . 305 US postnet . 304 USB caps lock override . 172 convert case . 176 country keyboard types (country codes) . 434 device type . 170 direct I/O beep . 178 emulate keypad . 174 emulate keypad with leading zero . 174 fast HID . 182 function key mapping . 175 IBM specification version . 182 keyboard FN 1 sub . 175 keystroke delay . 172 optional parameters . 177 polling interval . 180, 181 quick emulation . 174 simulated caps lock . 176 SNAPI handshaking . 171 static CDC . 177 TGCS USB bar code config directive . 178 TGCS USB beep directive . 178 unknown characters . 173 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . 309 video image size . 164 wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . 54 wi-fi friendly mode . 54 barcodes MSI check digits . 273 reconnect attempt beep . 66 tone on trigger touch . 107 vibrate on trigger touch . 106 batch mode stored data . 77 battery charging spare battery . 5 lithium-ion . 2 preservation mode . 113 pairing . 46 wireless . 46 beeper definitions beeper indicators ADF programming . 20 host specific . 21 parameter programming . 20 radio . 20 scanning . 19 standard . 19 wireless . 20 Bluetooth encryption . 85 HID . 51, 58, 65 546 Draft v 10 Table of Contents profiles . 46 secure simple pairing IO capability . 85 serial port profile . 51 set friendly name . 52 SPP . 64 C cables signal descriptions . 39 Chinese 2 of 5 bar codes . 276 sample . 484 CJK . 463 cleaning the devices approved disinfectant cleaners for healthcare devices

. 28 approved for standard devices . 28 how to . 29 known harmful ingredients . 27 codabar bar codes . 266 CLSI editing . 268 lengths . 266 NOTIS editing . 268 security level . 269 start and stop characters . 270 code 11 bar codes . 252 check digit verification . 254 lengths . 253 sample . 483 transmit check digit . 255 code 128 bar codes . 236 GS1-128 . 239 ignore fnc4 . 243 ISBT 128 . 239 ISBT concatenation . 240, 241 ISBT concatenation redundancy . 241 lengths . 236 reduced quiet zone . 243 sample . 482 security level . 242 code 128 emulation bar codes . 291 code 39 bar codes . 244 check digit verification . 247 code 32 prefix . 245 code 39 . 244 code 39 security Level . 249 convert code 39 to code 32 . 245 full ASCII . 248 lengths . 246 reduced quiet zone . 250 sample . 482 transmit check digit . 248 trioptic . 244 code 93 bar codes . 250 lengths . 251 sample . 483 code ID character . 130 code identifiers AIM code IDs . 474 modifier characters . 475 Symbol . 473 communication protocol cable interface . 523 radio . 524 composite bar codes beep mode . 290 composite CC-A/B . 286 composite CC-C . 286 composite inverse . 287 composite TLC-39 . 287 GS1-128 emulation mode . 290 UPC composite mode . 289 country code page defaults . 449 country code pages . 453 country codes . 434 cradle indicators . 21 cradle indicators (host controlled) . 22 cropping . 152 D data matrix bar codes . 292, 293 sample . 489, 490, 491, 492, 493 decode ranges CS6080-hc . 26 CS6080-sr . 26 default parameters imaging preferences . 143 OCR . 322 radio communications . 42 restoring . 95 SSI . 191 symbologies . 203 USB . 168 user preferences . 88 digimarc digital watermarks/dw . 318 discrete 2 of 5 bar codes . 263 lengths . 263 drivers license ADF parsing sample . 398 date format . 373 no separator . 374 field parsing bar codes . 359, 360, 361 gender format . 372 parsing bar codes . 357 parsing rule example . 394 encryption . 85 E 547 Draft v 10 sample . 489 GS1 databar . 282 GS1 databar bar codes JPEG image options . 155 size/quality . 156 JPEG target file size . 155 Table of Contents error indications exposure options ADF . 32 format . 33 input . 32 miscellaneous scanner options . 42 unknown characters . 173 autoexposure . 147 fixed exposure . 148 fixed gain . 148 gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . 149 illumination . 129 presentation mode field of view . 128 fixed exposure . 148 fixed gain . 148 F G H I gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . 149 grid matrix bar codes sample . 491 gs1 data matrix bar codes convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . 283 GS1 databar expanded . 283 GS1 databar limited . 282 GS1 databar limited margin check . 284 GS1 databar security level . 285 GS1 databar-14 . 282 sample . 485 GS1 QR bar codes sample . 490 J K han xin bar codes sample . 491 HID Profile . 51 host specific indicators . 21 host types USB . 170 illumination . 129 brightness . 129 image brightness (target white) . 154 image cropping . 152 image enhancement . 156 image options 548 bits per pixel . 159 cropping . 152 file formats . 157, 161 image brightness (target white) . 154 image enhancement . 156 image resolution . 154 image rotation . 159 JPEG image options . 155 JPEG size/quality . 156 JPEG target file size . 155 image resolution . 154 imaging preferences defaults . 143 interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes . 256 check digit verification . 259 convert to EAN-13 . 260 febraban . 260 lengths . 256 reduced quiet zone . 262 sample . 483 security level . 261, 262 transmit check digit . 259 keyboard types (country codes) Albanian . 434 Arabic (101) . 434 Arabic (102) . 434 Arabic (102) Azerty . 435 Azeri (Cyrillic) . 435 Azeri (Latin) . 435 Belarusian . 435 Bosnian (Cyrillic) . 435 Bosnian (Latin) . 435 Bulgarian (Latin) . 435 Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter) . 436 Canadian French (Legacy) . 436 Canadian French Win7 . 436 Canadian Multilingual Standard . 436 Chinese (ASCII) . 436 Croatian . 437 Czech . 437 Czech (Programmer) . 437 Czech (QWERTY) . 437 Danish . 437 Dutch (Netherlands) . 437 Estonian . 438 Faeroese . 438 Draft v 10 Table of Contents Finnish . 438 French (Canada) 2000/XP . 438 French (Canada) 95/98 . 438 French (France) . 438 French International . 438 Galician . 439 German . 439 Greek . 439 Greek (220) Latin . 439 Greek (319) Latin . 439 Greek 220 . 439 Greek 319 . 440 Greek Latin . 439 Greek Polytonic . 440 Hebrew Israel . 440 Hungarian . 440 Hungarian_101KEY . 440 Irish . 440 Islandic . 440 Italian . 441 Italian (142) . 441 Japanese (ASCII) . 441 Kazakh . 441 Korean (ASCII) . 441 Kyrgyz . 442 Latin American . 442 Latvian . 442 Latvian (QWERTY) . 442 Lithuanian . 442 Lithuanian (IBM) . 442 Macedonian (FYROM) . 442 Maltese_47KEY . 443 Mongolian . 443 Norwegian . 443 Polish (214) . 443 Polish (Programmer) . 443 Portuguese (Brazil) . 443 Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT) . 443 Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2) . 444 Portuguese (Portugal) . 444 Romanian . 444 Romanian (Legacy) . 444 Romanian (Programmer) . 444 Romanian (Standard) . 444 Russian . 445 Russian (Typewriter) . 445 Serbian (Cyrillic) . 445 Serbian (Latin) . 445 Slovak . 445 Slovak (QWERTY) . 445 Slovenian . 445 Spanish . 446 Spanish (Variation) . 446 Swedish . 446 Swiss French . 446 Swiss German . 446 Tatar . 446 Thai (Kedmanee) . 446 Turkish F . 447 Turkish Q . 447 UK English . 447 Ukranian . 447 US Dvorak . 447 US Dvorak Left . 447 US Dvorak Right . 447 US English . 434 US International . 448 Uzbek . 448 Vietnamese . 448 Korean 3 of 5 bar codes . 280 sample . 484 L LED indicators ADF programming . 20 cradle . 21 cradle, host controlled . 22 host specific . 21 parameter programming . 20 radio . 20 scanning . 19 standard . 19 wireless . 20 lithium-ion battery . 2 lock override . 72 locked pairing mode bar codes radio pairing modes . 71 connection maintenance interval . 75 low power mode . 64 M maintenance macro PDF . 316 flush buffer/abort PDF entry . 316 approved cleaners for standard devices . 28 approved disinfectant cleaners for healthcare devices

. 28 how to clean the devices . 29 known harmful ingredients . 27 master . 51 master serial port profile . 64, 71 matrix 2 of 5 bar codes . 276 check digit . 278 lengths . 277 sample . 484 transmit check digit . 279 maxicode bar codes . 294 549 Draft v 10 Table of Contents sample . 489 MDF . 319 microPDF417 bar codes . 291 microQR code bar codes sample . 490 MSI bar codes . 270 check digit algorithm . 274 lengths . 271 reduced quiet zone . 275 sample . 483 transmit check digit . 274 MSI barcodes check digits . 273 multicode data formatting . 319 N non-parameter attributes . 529, 534 beep on next bootup . 532 configuration filename . 530 date of first programming . 530 date of manufacture . 529 firmware version . 533 host trigger session . 532 model number . 529 parameter defaults . 532 reboot . 532 scankit version . 533 scanspeed analytics . 533 serial number . 529 number of retry attempts . 69 bar codes . 323 default parameters . 322 out of range indicator . 70 O OCR P pairing address . 64 bar code . 46 bar code format . 74 connection maintenance interval . 75 lock override . 72 master/slave setup . 51 methods . 73 modes . 44, 71, 402 on contacts . 45, 403 reconnecting . 73 unpair . 74 pairing beeper definitions . 46 parameter defaults Q R 550 imaging preferences . 143 radio communications . 42 USB . 168 user preferences . 88 parameter programming indicators . 20 parameters batch mode . 76, 78 beep on insertion . 70 Bluetooth technology support . 58 night mode trigger . 104 number of retry attempts . 69 persistent batch storage . 80 radio communication . 46 batch mode . 76, 78 connection maintenance interval . 75 host types . 46 pairing . 71 persistent batch storage . 80 reconnect attempt beep . 66 reconnect attempt interval . 66 sleep between reconnect attempts . 68 unpair . 74 USB . 170 parser version ID . 371 PDF417 bar codes . 291 PDF prioritization . 127 sample . 487 pinouts postal code bar codes cradle signal descriptions . 39 sample . 491 postal codes . 304 Australia post . 307 Australia post format . 308 Japan postal . 307 Netherlands KIX code . 309 transmit UK postal check digit . 306 transmit US postal check digit . 305 UK postal . 306 UPU FICS postal . 310 US planet . 305 US postnet . 304 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . 309 preferred symbol . 320 presentation mode field of view . 128 QR code bar codes . 295 sample . 490, 491, 492, 493 radio communication number of retry attempts . 69 Draft v 10 Table of Contents parameters . 46 reconnect attempt . 66 reconnect attempt beep . 66 sleep between reconnect attempts . 68 intercharacter gap size . 315 quiet zone level . 314 redundancy level . 311 security level . 313 radio communications Serial Port Profile defaults . 42 radio indicators . 20 range indicator . 70 reconnect attempt . 66 reconnect attempt beep . 66 reconnect pairing . 73 RSM commands and responses over SSI . 189 S sample bar codes aztec . 490 Chinese 2 of 5 . 484 code 11 . 483 code 128 . 482 code 39 . 482 code 93 . 483 data matrix . 489, 490, 491, 492, 493 grid matrix . 491 gs1 data matrix . 489 GS1 databar . 485 GS1 QR . 490 han xin . 491 interleaved 2 of 5 . 483 Korean 3 of 5 . 484 matrix 2 of 5 . 484 maxicode . 489 microQR code . 490 MSI . 483 PDF417 . 487 QR code . 490, 491, 492, 493 UK postal . 491 UPC/EAN . 479 US postnet . 491 scan speed analytics . 534 scanner to cradle support . 71 scanner(s) to cradle support . 71 scanning . 7 aiming . 24 errors . 88, 143, 173, 202 hand-held mode . 23 presentation mode . 23 radio communications sequence example . 41 sequence example . 88, 143, 202 setting parameters . 41 scanning indicators . 19 scan-to-connect . 74 secure simple pairing IO capability . 85 security 551 master . 64, 71 support . 51 setting defaults . 95 setup connecting a USB interface . 166 unpacking . 2 signal descriptions . 39 signature capture . 160 bits per pixel . 162 file format selector . 161 height . 163 JPEG quality . 163 width . 162 simple serial interface baud rate . 194 commands . 184 communications . 183 default parameters . 191 handshaking . 185, 187 RSM commands and responses . 189 selecting . 192 transactions . 185 slave . 51 sleep between reconnect attempts . 68 snapshot mode timeout . 150 software tools 123Scan . 16 ADF . 319 MDF . 319 preferred symbol . 320 scan-to-connect . 74 spare batteries . 5 specifications . 35 SPP master . 64, 71 support . 51 SSI baud rate . 194 commands . 184 communications . 183 default parameters . 191 handshaking . 185, 187 RSM commands and responses . 189 selecting . 192 transactions . 185 stored data batch mode . 77 symbology default parameters . 203 Draft v 10 Table of Contents technical specifications . 35 trigger mode . 114 troubleshooting . 30 W wi-fi friendly mode channel exclusion . 54 notes . 54 wireless indicators . 20 T U unicode output control . 464 unlocked pairing mode . 71 unpacking . 2 unpairing bar code . 74 UPC/EAN bar codes bookland EAN . 220 bookland ISBN . 232 check digit . 226, 227 convert UPC-E to UPC-A . 231 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . 231 EAN zero extend . 232 EAN-13/JAN-13 . 219 EAN-8/JAN-8 . 219 ISSN EAN . 235 reduced quiet zone . 226 supplemental AIM ID format . 225 supplemental redundancy . 224 supplementals . 220 UCC coupon extended code . 234 UPC-A . 217 UPC-A preamble . 228 UPC-E . 218 UPC-E preamble . 228 UPC-E1 . 218 UPC-E1 preamble . 230 UPC/EAN/JAN bar codes samples . 479 USB connection . 166 USB defaults . 168 USB parameters . 170 user preferences defaults . 88 user preferences bar codes batch mode . 76, 78 beep on insertion . 70 night mode trigger . 104 persistent batch storage . 80 V version video bar codes . 34 image size . 164 552 Draft v 10 www.zebra.com Draft v 10

 

 

CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide Regulatory Information This device is approved under Zebra Technologies Corporation. This guide applies to the following model numbers:

CR6080-SC CR6080-PC CR6080-SA SHARECRADLE-01 All Zebra devices are designed to be compliant with the rules and regulations in the locations they are sold and will be labeled as required. Local language translation / Traduo do idioma local / bersetzung in die lokale Sprache / Raduccion de idioma local / Traduction en langue locale / Prijevod na lokalni jezik / Traduzione in lingua locale /

/ / / / / Yerel dil eviri

/Tumaczenie na jzyk lokalny : www.zebra.com/support Any changes or modifications to Zebra equipment not expressly approved by Zebra could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Declared maximum operating temperature: 50C For use only with Zebra approved and UL Listed mobile devices, Zebra approved, and UL Listed/Recognized battery packs. Bluetooth Wireless Technology This is an approved Bluetooth product. For more information on the Bluetooth SIG listing, please visit www.bluetooth.com. Regulatory Markings Regulatory markings subject to certification are applied to the device signifying the radio(s) is/are approved for use. Refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. The DOC is available at: www.zebra.com/doc. Health and Safety Recommendations Safety in Hospitals and Aircraft NOTE: Wireless devices transmit radio frequency energy that may affect medical electrical equipment and aircrafts operation. Wireless devices should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics, healthcare facilities or by airline staff. These requests are designed to prevent possible interference with sensitive equipments. ZEBRA and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of Zebra Technologies Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2020 Zebra Technologies Corp. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. | www.zebra.com MN-003855-01EN Rev. A Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide RF Exposure Guidelines Safety Information Reducing RF Exposure Use Properly Only operate the device in accordance with the instructions supplied. The device complies with internationally recognized standards covering human exposure to electromagnetic fields. For information on international human exposure to electromagnetic fields, refer to the Zebra Declaration of Conformity (DoC) at www.zebra.com/doc. For further information on the safety of RF energy from wireless devices, refer to RF exposure and assessment standards section at www.zebra.com/responsibility. Power Supply Batteries and Power Packs Battery Information WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK: Use only a Zebra approved, Certified ITE [SELV] power supply with appropriate electrical ratings. Use of alternative power supply will invalidate any approvals given to this unit and may be dangerous. This information applies to Zebra-approved batteries and power packs containing batteries. CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of batteries according to instructions. Use only Zebra approved batteries. Accessories which have battery charging capability are approved for use with the following battery models:

Model BT-000413 (4.4 VDC, 745 mAh) Zebra approved rechargeable battery packs are designed and constructed to the highest standards within the industry. However, there are limitations as to how long a battery can operate or be stored before needing replacement. Many factors affect the actual life cycle of a battery pack such as heat, cold, harsh environmental conditions, and severe drops. When batteries are stored over six months, some irreversible deterioration in overall battery quality may occur. Store batteries at half charge in a dry, cool place, removed from the equipment to prevent loss of capacity, rusting of metallic parts, and electrolyte leakage. When storing batteries for one year or longer, the charge level should be verified at least once a year and charged to half charge. Replace the battery when a significant loss of run time is detected. Standard warranty period for all Zebra batteries is one year, regardless if the battery was purchased separately or included as part of the host device. For more information on Zebra batteries, please visit:

www.zebra.com/batterydocumentation and select the Battery Best Practices link. 2 Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide Battery Safety Guidelines IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS WARNING When using this product basic safety precautions should always be followed, including the following:

The area in which the units are charged should be clear of debris and combustible materials or chemicals. Particular care should be taken where the device is charged in a non-commercial environment. Read all the instructions before using the product. Follow battery usage, storage, and charging guidelines found in the user's guide. Improper battery use may result in a fire, explosion, or other hazard. To charge the mobile device battery, the battery and charger temperatures must be between 0C and +40C (+32F and +104F). Do not use incompatible batteries and chargers. Use of an incompatible battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. If you have any questions about the compatibility of a battery or a charger, contact Zebra support. Do not disassemble or open, crush, bend or deform, puncture, or shred. Damaged or modified batteries may exhibit unpredictable behavior resulting in fire, explosion, or risk of injury. Severe impact from dropping any battery-operated device on a hard surface could cause the battery to overheat. Do not short circuit a battery or allow metallic or conductive objects to contact the battery terminals. Do not modify, disassemble, or remanufacture, attempt to insert foreign objects into the battery, immerse or expose to water, rain, snow or other liquids, or expose to fire, explosion, or other hazard. Do not leave or store the equipment in or near areas that might get very hot, such as in a parked vehicle or near a radiator or other heat source. Do not place battery into a microwave oven or dryer. To reduce the risk of injury, close supervision is necessary when used near children. Please follow local regulations to promptly dispose of used re-chargeable batteries. Do not dispose of batteries in fire. Exposure to temperatures over 100C (212F) may cause explosion. Seek medical advice immediately if a battery has been swallowed. In the event of a battery leak, do not allow the liquid to come in contact with the skin or eyes. If contact has been made, wash the affected area with large amounts of water and seek medical advice. If you suspect damage to your equipment or battery, contact Zebra support to arrange for inspection. Marking and European Economic Area (EEA) Statement of Compliance (Radio) For CR6080-SC, CR6080-PC, CR6080-SA Zebra hereby declares that this radio equipment is in compliance with Directives 2014/53/EU and 2011/65/EU. Any radio operation limitations within EEA countries are identified in Appendix A of EU Declaration of Conformity. The full text of the EU Declaration of Conformity is available at: www.zebra.com/doc. 3 Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide Statement of Compliance (Non-Radio) For SHARECREDLE-01 Zebra hereby declares that this device is in compliance with Directives 2014/30/EU, 2014/35/EU and 2011/65/EU. The full text of the EU Declaration of Conformity is available at:www.zebra.com/doc. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) For EU Customers: For products at the end of their life, please refer to recycling/disposal advice at:

www.zebra.com/weee. 4 Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide United States and Canada Regulatory Radio Frequency Interference Notices This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules.These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmfulb interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada ICES-003 Compliance Label: CAN ICES-3

([B])/NMB-3([B]) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and

(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Lmetteur/rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. RF Exposure Requirements - FCC and ISED The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this device with all reported SAR levels evaluated in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this device is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/fccid. Mobile Devices This equipment complies with RF Exposure limits established for an uncontrolled environment (General Population). This equipment should be installed and operated in such a way that a separation distance of greater than 20 centimeters is maintained between the transmitter's radiating structure(s) and the body of the user or nearby persons. Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux RF tablies pour un environnement non contrl

(population gnrale). Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis de manire maintenir une distance de sparation suprieure 20 centimtres entre la (les) structure (s) rayonnante (s) de l'metteur et le corps de l'utilisateur ou des personnes proximit. 5 Draft 2 Brasil CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide Co-located Statement To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirement, the antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located (within 20 cm) or operating in conjunction with any other transmitter/antenna except those already approved in this filling. Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. Este dispositivo est em conformidade com as diretrizes de exposio a radiofrequncia quando posicionado pelo menos 20 cm do corpo. www.zebra.com/support CCC ISM 5000

6 Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide

(Parts)

(Pb) (Hg) (Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE)

(Metal Parts)

(Circuit Modules)

(Cables and Cable Assemblies)

(Plastic and Polymeric Parts) SJ/T 11364 X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: SJ/T 11364--2014 X: SJ/T 11364--2014 (

(EAC) EAC. Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada.

/ 9 13 7 Draft 2 CS6080 Accessories Regulatory Guide

(EPA) 15 Trkiye Warranty TRK WEEE Uyumluluk Beyan EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. Service Information For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to: zebra.com\warranty. Before you use the unit, it must be configured to operate in your facility's network and run your applications. If you have a problem running your unit or using your equipment, contact your facility's Technical or System Support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact Zebra support at zebra.com\support. For the latest version of the guide go to: zebra.com\support. Additional Information For information on using the CS6080, refer to the CS6080 product guide available at:

www.zebra.com/support. 8 Draft 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum size is 7mm minimum size is 5mm minimum size is 3mm ZEBRA TECHNOLOGIES CORP. HOLTSVILLE, NY 11742 CCXXxxYYyyyZzW MODEL(/): CR6080-SA P/N: XXXXXXXXXXXXX

(S)S/N: YYDDDZZZZPSSSS SYYDDDZZZZPSSSS MFD: DDMMMYY XXXX CNC ID: XXXXXXXXXXXX IC: 109AN-CR6080SA FCC ID: UZ7CR6080SA ANATEL: AAAA-YY-BBB CMIIT ID: XXXXYYZZZZ MADE IN XXXXXX(XXXX) XX FOR USE WITH CS6080 SERIES ONLY 12V X.XA R-R-XXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX 1. 6 2.

(S)S/N:

YYDDDZZZZPSSSS Serial Number : from 0001 to 9999. The start at 0001 at the beginning of every day. All Pre EV or Prototype units : P; All EV units : E; All DV units : D MV and Production units back to normal format : 0 to 9. Plant code:5201 for USI TAIWAN Nan-Tou. Plant code:5211 for USI Shanghai. Plant code:5230 for USI Kunshan. Julian day of the year from 001 to 365. Year (2005~2009=05~09 ; 2010,2011...=10,11...) Bar code data : SYYDDDZZZZPSSSS (Use 1D code 128) 3. Model: CR6080-SA is fixed () 4. P/N:XXXXXXXXXXXXX Please refer Customer P/N in PDM. 5. MADE IN XXXXXX(XXXX) XX Taiwan site show MADE IN TAIWAN() NK Kunshan site show MADE IN CHINA() KS 6. XXXX Taiwan site show 5201 Kunshan site show 5230 POB7H(POB8) or 0.05mm polyester label UL card number: PGJI2-MH25635 UL model type: WG-POB7H-BW

) MFG LABEL FOR Dragonfly 4D Cup UG/WSS/WSS1/IMS/PLM/TWENG Dragonfly_4D Cup Jerry Lin 07/0120 1/1 2B-XXXXXX mm 0.2 Alex Wang 07/0120 59-XXXXXX-XX 1 A1

 

 

Regulatory Engineering Date: May 29, 2020 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Ref: FCC ID: UZ7CR6080SA AUTHORIZATION LETTER We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. to act on our behalf in all manners relating to FCC application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. If you have any acknowledgement and response, please send it to Sporton International Inc. directly. Confidentiality Request Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of Commissions rules (47CFR0.457, 0.459), we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachment(s) as confidential document from public disclosure indefinitely. Block Diagram Part List Operational Description Schematic Diagram Above mentioned document contains detailed system and equipment description are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitor an unfair advantage in the market. In additional to above mentioned documents, pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commission s policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFT 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, while ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. We are requesting the commission to grant short-term confidentiality request on the following attachment(s) for 180 days after the grant as outlined in Public Notice DA 04-1705. External Photos Internal Photos Test Setup Photos Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m Regulatory Engineering User Manual It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondent during certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and those information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Sincerely, Signature

_______________________________ Name and Job Title. E-mail Tel.

: Larry (Qianlin) Zhou / Regulatory Specialist

: larry.zhou@zebra.com

: 346-260-3543 Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m